1/* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF 2 Copyright (C) 1994-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support. 4 5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. 6 7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by 9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or 10 (at your option) any later version. 11 12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 15 GNU General Public License for more details. 16 17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 18 along with this program; if not, write to the 19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, 20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ 21 22 23/* This file is based on a preliminary PowerPC ELF ABI. The 24 information may not match the final PowerPC ELF ABI. It includes 25 suggestions from the in-progress Embedded PowerPC ABI, and that 26 information may also not match. */ 27 28#include "sysdep.h" 29#include <stdarg.h> 30#include "bfd.h" 31#include "bfdlink.h" 32#include "libbfd.h" 33#include "elf-bfd.h" 34#include "elf/ppc.h" 35#include "elf32-ppc.h" 36#include "elf-vxworks.h" 37#include "dwarf2.h" 38#include "opcode/ppc.h" 39 40/* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */ 41#define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1 42 43typedef enum split16_format_type 44{ 45 split16a_type = 0, 46 split16d_type 47} 48split16_format_type; 49 50/* RELA relocations are used here. */ 51 52static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc 53 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **); 54static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc 55 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **); 56 57/* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */ 58#define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000 59/* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */ 60#define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000 61/* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */ 62#define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16 63 64/* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp 65 section. */ 66#define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1" 67 68/* For old-style PLT. */ 69/* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */ 70#define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192 71 72/* For new-style .glink and .plt. */ 73#define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4 74#define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \ 75 ((4*4 \ 76 + (h != NULL \ 77 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \ 78 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \ 79 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \ 80 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align)) 81 82/* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */ 83 84/* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */ 85#define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32 86static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry 87 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] = 88 { 89 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */ 90 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */ 91 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */ 92 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 93 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */ 94 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */ 95 0x60000000, /* nop */ 96 0x60000000, /* nop */ 97 }; 98static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry 99 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] = 100 { 101 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */ 102 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */ 103 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */ 104 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 105 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */ 106 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */ 107 0x60000000, /* nop */ 108 0x60000000, /* nop */ 109 }; 110 111/* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */ 112#define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32 113static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry 114 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] = 115 { 116 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */ 117 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */ 118 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */ 119 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */ 120 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */ 121 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 122 0x60000000, /* nop */ 123 0x60000000, /* nop */ 124 }; 125static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry 126 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] = 127 { 128 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */ 129 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */ 130 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */ 131 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 132 0x60000000, /* nop */ 133 0x60000000, /* nop */ 134 0x60000000, /* nop */ 135 0x60000000, /* nop */ 136 }; 137 138/* For executables, we have some additional relocations in 139 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */ 140 141/* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */ 142#define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3 143/* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */ 144#define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2 145/* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating 146 a shared library. */ 147#define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0 148 149/* Some instructions. */ 150#define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000 151#define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000 152#define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000 153#define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000 154#define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14 155#define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214 156#define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14 157#define B 0x48000000 158#define BA 0x48000002 159#define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005 160#define BCTR 0x4e800420 161#define BEQLR 0x4d820020 162#define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000 163#define LIS_11 0x3d600000 164#define LIS_12 0x3d800000 165#define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000 166#define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000 167#define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000 168#define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000 169#define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000 170#define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000 171#define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000 172#define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78 173#define MR_3_0 0x7c030378 174#define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6 175#define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6 176#define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6 177#define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6 178#define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6 179#define NOP 0x60000000 180#define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850 181 182/* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */ 183#define TP_OFFSET 0x7000 184#define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000 185 186/* The value of a defined global symbol. */ 187#define SYM_VAL(SYM) \ 188 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \ 189 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \ 190 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value) 191 192/* Relocation HOWTO's. */ 193/* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple 194 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is 195 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative. 196 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at 197 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24 198 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here, 199 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */ 200#define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \ 201 complain, special_func) \ 202 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \ 203 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \ 204 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative) 205 206static reloc_howto_type *ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_max]; 207 208static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw[] = { 209 /* This reloc does nothing. */ 210 HOW (R_PPC_NONE, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 211 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 212 213 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */ 214 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 215 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 216 217 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. 218 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */ 219 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, FALSE, signed, 220 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 221 222 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */ 223 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, bitfield, 224 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 225 226 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */ 227 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 228 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 229 230 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */ 231 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 232 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 233 234 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of 235 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */ 236 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 237 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc), 238 239 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. 240 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */ 241 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed, 242 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 243 244 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to 245 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two 246 bits must be zero. */ 247 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed, 248 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 249 250 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to 251 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower 252 two bits must be zero. */ 253 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed, 254 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 255 256 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */ 257 HOW (R_PPC_REL24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed, 258 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 259 260 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */ 261 HOW (R_PPC_REL14, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE, signed, 262 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 263 264 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that 265 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be 266 zero. */ 267 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE, signed, 268 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 269 270 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that 271 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must 272 be zero. */ 273 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE, signed, 274 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 275 276 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the 277 symbol. */ 278 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 279 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 280 281 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for 282 the symbol. */ 283 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 284 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 285 286 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for 287 the symbol. */ 288 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 289 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 290 291 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for 292 the symbol. */ 293 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 294 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 295 296 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table 297 entry for the symbol. */ 298 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed, 299 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 300 301 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist 302 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The 303 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the 304 shared library into the object, because the object being 305 run has to have the data at some particular address. */ 306 HOW (R_PPC_COPY, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 307 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 308 309 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table 310 entries. */ 311 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 312 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 313 314 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */ 315 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 316 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 317 318 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this 319 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the 320 addend. */ 321 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 322 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 323 324 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the 325 object rather than the final value. Normally used for 326 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */ 327 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed, 328 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 329 330 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */ 331 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 332 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 333 334 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */ 335 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, bitfield, 336 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 337 338 /* 32-bit PC relative */ 339 HOW (R_PPC_REL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE, dont, 340 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 341 342 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. 343 FIXME: not supported. */ 344 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 345 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 346 347 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. 348 FIXME: not supported. */ 349 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32, 2, 32, 0, 0, TRUE, dont, 350 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 351 352 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for 353 the symbol. */ 354 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 355 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 356 357 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for 358 the symbol. */ 359 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 360 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 361 362 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for 363 the symbol. */ 364 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 365 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 366 367 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with 368 small data items. */ 369 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 370 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 371 372 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */ 373 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 374 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 375 376 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */ 377 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 378 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 379 380 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */ 381 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 382 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 383 384 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */ 385 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 386 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 387 388 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */ 389 HOW (R_PPC_TLS, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 390 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 391 392 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 393 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 394 395 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 396 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 397 398 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */ 399 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 400 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 401 402 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 403 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 404 405 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the 406 definition of its TLS sym. */ 407 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 408 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 409 410 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value 411 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that 412 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */ 413 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 414 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 415 416 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */ 417 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 418 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 419 420 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */ 421 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 422 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 423 424 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 425 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 426 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 427 428 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 429 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 430 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 431 432 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of 433 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */ 434 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 435 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 436 437 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */ 438 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 439 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 440 441 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */ 442 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 443 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 444 445 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 446 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 447 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 448 449 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 450 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 451 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 452 453 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure, 454 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset 455 to the first entry. */ 456 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 457 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 458 459 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */ 460 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 461 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 462 463 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 464 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 465 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 466 467 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 468 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 469 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 470 471 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure, 472 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the 473 first entry. */ 474 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 475 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 476 477 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */ 478 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 479 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 480 481 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 482 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 483 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 484 485 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 486 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 487 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 488 489 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes 490 the offset to the entry. */ 491 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 492 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 493 494 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */ 495 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 496 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 497 498 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 499 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 500 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 501 502 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 503 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 504 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 505 506 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the 507 offset to the entry. */ 508 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 509 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 510 511 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */ 512 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 513 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 514 515 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 516 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 517 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 518 519 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 520 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 521 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 522 523 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not 524 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */ 525 526 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */ 527 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 528 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 529 530 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */ 531 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 532 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 533 534 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */ 535 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 536 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 537 538 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */ 539 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 540 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 541 542 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address, 543 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, 544 is negative. */ 545 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 546 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 547 548 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an 549 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from 550 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */ 551 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 552 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 553 554 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an 555 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from 556 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */ 557 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 558 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 559 560 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with 561 small data items. */ 562 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 563 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 564 565 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit 566 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register 567 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */ 568 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 569 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 570 571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */ 572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */ 573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */ 574 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */ 575 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */ 576 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */ 577 578 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling 579 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the 580 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */ 581 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 582 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 583 584 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */ 585 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8, 1, 8, 0xff, 1, TRUE, signed, 586 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 587 588 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */ 589 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15, 2, 16, 0xfffe, 0, TRUE, signed, 590 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 591 592 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */ 593 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24, 2, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, TRUE, signed, 594 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 595 596 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */ 597 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE, dont, 598 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 599 600 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */ 601 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE, dont, 602 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 603 604 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */ 605 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont, 606 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 607 608 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */ 609 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont, 610 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 611 612 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */ 613 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont, 614 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 615 616 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */ 617 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont, 618 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 619 620 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i 621 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes 622 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */ 623 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 624 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 625 626 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */ 627 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 628 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 629 630 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */ 631 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE, dont, 632 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 633 634 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */ 635 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE, dont, 636 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 637 638 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */ 639 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont, 640 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 641 642 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */ 643 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont, 644 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 645 646 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */ 647 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont, 648 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 649 650 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */ 651 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont, 652 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 653 654 /* e_li split20 format. */ 655 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20, 2, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, FALSE, dont, 656 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 657 658 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 659 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 660 661 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */ 662 HOW (R_PPC_REL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE, signed, 663 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 664 665 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */ 666 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE, dont, 667 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 668 669 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */ 670 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE, dont, 671 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 672 673 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of 674 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */ 675 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE, dont, 676 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc), 677 678 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */ 679 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE, signed, 680 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc), 681 682 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */ 683 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE, signed, 684 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc), 685 686 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */ 687 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 688 NULL), 689 690 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */ 691 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 692 NULL), 693 694 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */ 695 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 696 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 697}; 698 699/* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */ 700 701static void 702ppc_elf_howto_init (void) 703{ 704 unsigned int i, type; 705 706 for (i = 0; 707 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]); 708 i++) 709 { 710 type = ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].type; 711 if (type >= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table) 712 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table[0]))) 713 abort (); 714 ppc_elf_howto_table[type] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i]; 715 } 716} 717 718static reloc_howto_type * 719ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 720 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code) 721{ 722 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r; 723 724 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */ 725 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32]) 726 ppc_elf_howto_init (); 727 728 switch (code) 729 { 730 default: 731 return NULL; 732 733 case BFD_RELOC_NONE: r = R_PPC_NONE; break; 734 case BFD_RELOC_32: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break; 735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26: r = R_PPC_ADDR24; break; 736 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS: 737 case BFD_RELOC_16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16; break; 738 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS: 739 case BFD_RELOC_LO16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_LO; break; 740 case BFD_RELOC_HI16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HI; break; 741 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HA; break; 742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16: r = R_PPC_ADDR14; break; 743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN; break; 744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN; break; 745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26: r = R_PPC_REL24; break; 746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16: r = R_PPC_REL14; break; 747 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN; break; 748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN; break; 749 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS: 750 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16; break; 751 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS: 752 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_LO; break; 753 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HI; break; 754 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HA; break; 755 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL24; break; 756 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY: r = R_PPC_COPY; break; 757 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT: r = R_PPC_GLOB_DAT; break; 758 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC: r = R_PPC_LOCAL24PC; break; 759 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL32; break; 760 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT32; break; 761 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL32; break; 762 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS: 763 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_LO; break; 764 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HI; break; 765 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HA; break; 766 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16: r = R_PPC_SDAREL16; break; 767 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS: 768 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF; break; 769 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS: 770 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO; break; 771 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI; break; 772 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA; break; 773 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break; 774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS: 775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16: r = R_PPC_TOC16; break; 776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS: r = R_PPC_TLS; break; 777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD: r = R_PPC_TLSGD; break; 778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD: r = R_PPC_TLSLD; break; 779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD: r = R_PPC_DTPMOD32; break; 780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS: 781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_TPREL16; break; 782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS: 783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; break; 784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HI; break; 785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; break; 786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL: r = R_PPC_TPREL32; break; 787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS: 788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16; break; 789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS: 790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO; break; 791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI; break; 792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA; break; 793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL: r = R_PPC_DTPREL32; break; 794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16; break; 795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO; break; 796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI; break; 797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA; break; 798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16; break; 799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO; break; 800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI; break; 801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA; break; 802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16; break; 803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO; break; 804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI; break; 805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA; break; 806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16; break; 807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO; break; 808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI; break; 809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA; break; 810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32; break; 811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16; break; 812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO; break; 813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI; break; 814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA; break; 815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16; break; 816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16; break; 817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL; break; 818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA21; break; 819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: r = R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF; break; 820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16; break; 821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO; break; 822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI; break; 823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA; break; 824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: r = R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD; break; 825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA; break; 826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL8; break; 827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL15; break; 828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL24; break; 829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16A; break; 830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16D; break; 831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16A; break; 832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16D; break; 833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16A; break; 834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16D; break; 835 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21; break; 836 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO; break; 837 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A: 838 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A; 839 break; 840 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D: 841 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D; 842 break; 843 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A: 844 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A; 845 break; 846 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D: 847 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D; 848 break; 849 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A: 850 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A; 851 break; 852 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D: 853 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D; 854 break; 855 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16; break; 856 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_LO; break; 857 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HI; break; 858 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HA; break; 859 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_16DX_HA; break; 860 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_REL16DX_HA; break; 861 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT; break; 862 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY; break; 863 } 864 865 return ppc_elf_howto_table[r]; 866}; 867 868static reloc_howto_type * 869ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 870 const char *r_name) 871{ 872 unsigned int i; 873 874 for (i = 0; 875 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]); 876 i++) 877 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name != NULL 878 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name, r_name) == 0) 879 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i]; 880 881 return NULL; 882} 883 884/* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */ 885 886static bfd_boolean 887ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, 888 arelent *cache_ptr, 889 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst) 890{ 891 unsigned int r_type; 892 893 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */ 894 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32]) 895 ppc_elf_howto_init (); 896 897 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info); 898 if (r_type >= R_PPC_max) 899 { 900 /* xgettext:c-format */ 901 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"), 902 abfd, r_type); 903 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 904 return FALSE; 905 } 906 907 cache_ptr->howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; 908 909 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that 910 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */ 911 if (cache_ptr->howto == NULL) 912 { 913 /* xgettext:c-format */ 914 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"), 915 abfd, r_type); 916 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 917 918 return FALSE; 919 } 920 921 return TRUE; 922} 923 924/* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */ 925 926static bfd_reloc_status_type 927ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd *abfd, 928 arelent *reloc_entry, 929 asymbol *symbol, 930 void *data, 931 asection *input_section, 932 bfd *output_bfd, 933 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 934{ 935 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 936 long insn; 937 bfd_size_type octets; 938 bfd_vma value; 939 940 if (output_bfd != NULL) 941 { 942 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; 943 return bfd_reloc_ok; 944 } 945 946 reloc_entry->addend += 0x8000; 947 r_type = reloc_entry->howto->type; 948 if (r_type != R_PPC_REL16DX_HA) 949 return bfd_reloc_continue; 950 951 value = 0; 952 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)) 953 value = symbol->value; 954 value += (reloc_entry->addend 955 + symbol->section->output_offset 956 + symbol->section->output_section->vma); 957 value -= (reloc_entry->address 958 + input_section->output_offset 959 + input_section->output_section->vma); 960 value >>= 16; 961 962 octets = reloc_entry->address * OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd, input_section); 963 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + octets); 964 insn &= ~0x1fffc1; 965 insn |= (value & 0xffc1) | ((value & 0x3e) << 15); 966 bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + octets); 967 return bfd_reloc_ok; 968} 969 970static bfd_reloc_status_type 971ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd *abfd, 972 arelent *reloc_entry, 973 asymbol *symbol, 974 void *data, 975 asection *input_section, 976 bfd *output_bfd, 977 char **error_message) 978{ 979 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just 980 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final 981 link time. */ 982 if (output_bfd != NULL) 983 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, 984 input_section, output_bfd, error_message); 985 986 if (error_message != NULL) 987 { 988 static char buf[60]; 989 sprintf (buf, _("generic linker can't handle %s"), 990 reloc_entry->howto->name); 991 *error_message = buf; 992 } 993 return bfd_reloc_dangerous; 994} 995 996/* Sections created by the linker. */ 997 998typedef struct elf_linker_section 999{ 1000 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */ 1001 asection *section; 1002 /* Section name. */ 1003 const char *name; 1004 /* Associated bss section name. */ 1005 const char *bss_name; 1006 /* Associated symbol name. */ 1007 const char *sym_name; 1008 /* Associated symbol. */ 1009 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym; 1010} elf_linker_section_t; 1011 1012/* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the 1013 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers, 1014 based on different addend's. */ 1015 1016typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers 1017{ 1018 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */ 1019 struct elf_linker_section_pointers *next; 1020 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */ 1021 bfd_vma offset; 1022 /* addend used */ 1023 bfd_vma addend; 1024 /* which linker section this is */ 1025 elf_linker_section_t *lsect; 1026} elf_linker_section_pointers_t; 1027 1028struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata 1029{ 1030 struct elf_obj_tdata elf; 1031 1032 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker 1033 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */ 1034 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **linker_section_pointers; 1035 1036 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */ 1037 unsigned int makes_plt_call : 1; 1038 unsigned int has_rel16 : 1; 1039}; 1040 1041#define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \ 1042 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any) 1043 1044#define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \ 1045 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers) 1046 1047#define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \ 1048 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \ 1049 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA) 1050 1051/* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */ 1052 1053static bfd_boolean 1054ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd) 1055{ 1056 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata), 1057 PPC32_ELF_DATA); 1058} 1059 1060/* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */ 1061 1062bfd_boolean 1063_bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd *abfd) 1064{ 1065 unsigned long mach = 0; 1066 asection *s; 1067 unsigned char *contents; 1068 1069 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32 1070 && bfd_big_endian (abfd)) 1071 { 1072 1073 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 1074 if ((elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0) 1075 break; 1076 if (s != NULL) 1077 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle; 1078 } 1079 1080 if (mach == 0) 1081 { 1082 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME); 1083 if (s != NULL 1084 && s->size >= 24 1085 && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &contents)) 1086 { 1087 unsigned int apuinfo_size = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + 4); 1088 unsigned int i; 1089 1090 for (i = 20; i < apuinfo_size + 20 && i + 4 <= s->size; i += 4) 1091 { 1092 unsigned int val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + i); 1093 switch (val >> 16) 1094 { 1095 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR: 1096 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI: 1097 if (mach == 0) 1098 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_titan; 1099 break; 1100 1101 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL: 1102 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK: 1103 if (mach == bfd_mach_ppc_titan) 1104 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc; 1105 break; 1106 1107 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE: 1108 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS: 1109 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK: 1110 if (mach != bfd_mach_ppc_vle) 1111 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500; 1112 break; 1113 1114 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE: 1115 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle; 1116 break; 1117 1118 default: 1119 mach = -1ul; 1120 } 1121 } 1122 free (contents); 1123 } 1124 } 1125 1126 if (mach != 0 && mach != -1ul) 1127 { 1128 const bfd_arch_info_type *arch; 1129 1130 for (arch = abfd->arch_info->next; arch; arch = arch->next) 1131 if (arch->mach == mach) 1132 { 1133 abfd->arch_info = arch; 1134 break; 1135 } 1136 } 1137 return TRUE; 1138} 1139 1140/* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the 1141 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */ 1142 1143static bfd_boolean 1144ppc_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd) 1145{ 1146 if (!abfd->arch_info->the_default) 1147 return TRUE; 1148 1149 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 64) 1150 { 1151 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd); 1152 1153 if (i_ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32) 1154 { 1155 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */ 1156 abfd->arch_info = abfd->arch_info->next; 1157 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32); 1158 } 1159 } 1160 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd); 1161} 1162 1163/* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */ 1164 1165static bfd_boolean 1166ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags) 1167{ 1168 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd) 1169 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags); 1170 1171 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags; 1172 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE; 1173 return TRUE; 1174} 1175 1176/* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */ 1177 1178static bfd_boolean 1179ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 1180{ 1181 int offset; 1182 unsigned int size; 1183 1184 switch (note->descsz) 1185 { 1186 default: 1187 return FALSE; 1188 1189 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */ 1190 /* pr_cursig */ 1191 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12); 1192 1193 /* pr_pid */ 1194 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24); 1195 1196 /* pr_reg */ 1197 offset = 72; 1198 size = 192; 1199 1200 break; 1201 } 1202 1203 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ 1204 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", 1205 size, note->descpos + offset); 1206} 1207 1208static bfd_boolean 1209ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 1210{ 1211 switch (note->descsz) 1212 { 1213 default: 1214 return FALSE; 1215 1216 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */ 1217 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid 1218 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 16); 1219 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program 1220 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 32, 16); 1221 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command 1222 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 48, 80); 1223 } 1224 1225 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked 1226 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway) 1227 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */ 1228 1229 { 1230 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command; 1231 int n = strlen (command); 1232 1233 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ') 1234 command[n - 1] = '\0'; 1235 } 1236 1237 return TRUE; 1238} 1239 1240static char * 1241ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, int note_type, ...) 1242{ 1243 switch (note_type) 1244 { 1245 default: 1246 return NULL; 1247 1248 case NT_PRPSINFO: 1249 { 1250 char data[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING; 1251 va_list ap; 1252 1253 va_start (ap, note_type); 1254 memset (data, 0, sizeof (data)); 1255 strncpy (data + 32, va_arg (ap, const char *), 16); 1256#if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001 1257 DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH; 1258 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with 1259 -Wstringop-truncation: 1260 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643 1261 */ 1262 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION; 1263#endif 1264 strncpy (data + 48, va_arg (ap, const char *), 80); 1265#if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001 1266 DIAGNOSTIC_POP; 1267#endif 1268 va_end (ap); 1269 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 1270 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data)); 1271 } 1272 1273 case NT_PRSTATUS: 1274 { 1275 char data[268]; 1276 va_list ap; 1277 long pid; 1278 int cursig; 1279 const void *greg; 1280 1281 va_start (ap, note_type); 1282 memset (data, 0, 72); 1283 pid = va_arg (ap, long); 1284 bfd_put_32 (abfd, pid, data + 24); 1285 cursig = va_arg (ap, int); 1286 bfd_put_16 (abfd, cursig, data + 12); 1287 greg = va_arg (ap, const void *); 1288 memcpy (data + 72, greg, 192); 1289 memset (data + 264, 0, 4); 1290 va_end (ap); 1291 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 1292 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data)); 1293 } 1294 } 1295} 1296 1297static flagword 1298ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name) 1299{ 1300 1301 if (!strcmp (flag_name, "SHF_PPC_VLE")) 1302 return SHF_PPC_VLE; 1303 1304 return 0; 1305} 1306 1307/* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL 1308 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */ 1309 1310static bfd_vma 1311ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1312 const asection *plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1313 const arelent *rel) 1314{ 1315 return rel->address; 1316} 1317 1318/* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This 1319 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown 1320 type. */ 1321 1322static bfd_boolean 1323ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, 1324 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, 1325 const char *name, 1326 int shindex) 1327{ 1328 asection *newsect; 1329 flagword flags; 1330 1331 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) 1332 return FALSE; 1333 1334 newsect = hdr->bfd_section; 1335 flags = bfd_section_flags (newsect); 1336 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE) 1337 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; 1338 1339 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_ORDERED) 1340 flags |= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES; 1341 1342 bfd_set_section_flags (newsect, flags); 1343 return TRUE; 1344} 1345 1346/* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */ 1347 1348static bfd_boolean 1349ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1350 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr, 1351 asection *asect) 1352{ 1353 if ((asect->flags & SEC_SORT_ENTRIES) != 0) 1354 shdr->sh_type = SHT_ORDERED; 1355 1356 return TRUE; 1357} 1358 1359/* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we 1360 need to bump up the number of section headers. */ 1361 1362static int 1363ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd, 1364 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1365{ 1366 asection *s; 1367 int ret = 0; 1368 1369 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".sbss2"); 1370 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 1371 ++ret; 1372 1373 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0"); 1374 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 1375 ++ret; 1376 1377 return ret; 1378} 1379 1380/* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */ 1381 1382bfd_boolean 1383ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd, 1384 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1385{ 1386 struct elf_segment_map *m; 1387 1388 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by 1389 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure 1390 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment. 1391 If we find that case, we split the segment. 1392 We maintain the original output section order. */ 1393 1394 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next) 1395 { 1396 struct elf_segment_map *n; 1397 bfd_size_type amt; 1398 unsigned int j, k; 1399 unsigned int p_flags; 1400 1401 if (m->p_type != PT_LOAD || m->count == 0) 1402 continue; 1403 1404 for (p_flags = PF_R, j = 0; j != m->count; ++j) 1405 { 1406 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) 1407 p_flags |= PF_W; 1408 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) 1409 { 1410 p_flags |= PF_X; 1411 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0) 1412 p_flags |= PF_PPC_VLE; 1413 break; 1414 } 1415 } 1416 if (j != m->count) 1417 while (++j != m->count) 1418 { 1419 unsigned int p_flags1 = PF_R; 1420 1421 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) 1422 p_flags1 |= PF_W; 1423 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) 1424 { 1425 p_flags1 |= PF_X; 1426 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0) 1427 p_flags1 |= PF_PPC_VLE; 1428 if (((p_flags1 ^ p_flags) & PF_PPC_VLE) != 0) 1429 break; 1430 } 1431 p_flags |= p_flags1; 1432 } 1433 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw 1434 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the 1435 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we 1436 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */ 1437 if (j != m->count || !m->p_flags_valid) 1438 { 1439 m->p_flags_valid = 1; 1440 m->p_flags = p_flags; 1441 } 1442 if (j == m->count) 1443 continue; 1444 1445 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment, 1446 the remainder are put in a new segment. 1447 The scan resumes with the new segment. */ 1448 1449 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); 1450 amt += (m->count - j - 1) * sizeof (asection *); 1451 n = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 1452 if (n == NULL) 1453 return FALSE; 1454 1455 n->p_type = PT_LOAD; 1456 n->count = m->count - j; 1457 for (k = 0; k < n->count; ++k) 1458 n->sections[k] = m->sections[j + k]; 1459 m->count = j; 1460 m->p_size_valid = 0; 1461 n->next = m->next; 1462 m->next = n; 1463 } 1464 1465 return TRUE; 1466} 1467 1468/* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and 1469 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so 1470 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than 1471 2 sections. */ 1472 1473static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections[] = 1474{ 1475 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, 1476 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, 1477 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, 1478 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, 1479 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, 1480 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED, SHF_ALLOC }, 1481 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME), 0, SHT_NOTE, 0 }, 1482 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, 1483 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, 1484 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 1485}; 1486 1487/* This is what we want for new plt/got. */ 1488static struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt = 1489 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }; 1490 1491static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * 1492ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) 1493{ 1494 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect; 1495 1496 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */ 1497 if (sec->name == NULL) 1498 return NULL; 1499 1500 ssect = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, ppc_elf_special_sections, 1501 sec->use_rela_p); 1502 if (ssect != NULL) 1503 { 1504 if (ssect == ppc_elf_special_sections && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) 1505 ssect = &ppc_alt_plt; 1506 return ssect; 1507 } 1508 1509 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec); 1510} 1511 1512/* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */ 1513typedef struct apuinfo_list 1514{ 1515 struct apuinfo_list *next; 1516 unsigned long value; 1517} 1518apuinfo_list; 1519 1520static apuinfo_list *head; 1521static bfd_boolean apuinfo_set; 1522 1523static void 1524apuinfo_list_init (void) 1525{ 1526 head = NULL; 1527 apuinfo_set = FALSE; 1528} 1529 1530static void 1531apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value) 1532{ 1533 apuinfo_list *entry = head; 1534 1535 while (entry != NULL) 1536 { 1537 if (entry->value == value) 1538 return; 1539 entry = entry->next; 1540 } 1541 1542 entry = bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry)); 1543 if (entry == NULL) 1544 return; 1545 1546 entry->value = value; 1547 entry->next = head; 1548 head = entry; 1549} 1550 1551static unsigned 1552apuinfo_list_length (void) 1553{ 1554 apuinfo_list *entry; 1555 unsigned long count; 1556 1557 for (entry = head, count = 0; 1558 entry; 1559 entry = entry->next) 1560 ++ count; 1561 1562 return count; 1563} 1564 1565static inline unsigned long 1566apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number) 1567{ 1568 apuinfo_list * entry; 1569 1570 for (entry = head; 1571 entry && number --; 1572 entry = entry->next) 1573 ; 1574 1575 return entry ? entry->value : 0; 1576} 1577 1578static void 1579apuinfo_list_finish (void) 1580{ 1581 apuinfo_list *entry; 1582 1583 for (entry = head; entry;) 1584 { 1585 apuinfo_list *next = entry->next; 1586 free (entry); 1587 entry = next; 1588 } 1589 1590 head = NULL; 1591} 1592 1593/* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of 1594 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */ 1595 1596static void 1597ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info) 1598{ 1599 bfd *ibfd; 1600 asection *asec; 1601 char *buffer = NULL; 1602 bfd_size_type largest_input_size = 0; 1603 unsigned i; 1604 unsigned long length; 1605 const char *error_message = NULL; 1606 1607 if (link_info == NULL) 1608 return; 1609 1610 apuinfo_list_init (); 1611 1612 /* Read in the input sections contents. */ 1613 for (ibfd = link_info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 1614 { 1615 unsigned long datum; 1616 1617 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME); 1618 if (asec == NULL) 1619 continue; 1620 1621 /* xgettext:c-format */ 1622 error_message = _("corrupt %s section in %pB"); 1623 length = asec->size; 1624 if (length < 20) 1625 goto fail; 1626 1627 apuinfo_set = TRUE; 1628 if (largest_input_size < asec->size) 1629 { 1630 if (buffer) 1631 free (buffer); 1632 largest_input_size = asec->size; 1633 buffer = bfd_malloc (largest_input_size); 1634 if (!buffer) 1635 return; 1636 } 1637 1638 if (bfd_seek (ibfd, asec->filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0 1639 || (bfd_bread (buffer, length, ibfd) != length)) 1640 { 1641 /* xgettext:c-format */ 1642 error_message = _("unable to read in %s section from %pB"); 1643 goto fail; 1644 } 1645 1646 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to 1647 extract the values this way in order to allow for a 1648 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */ 1649 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer); 1650 if (datum != sizeof APUINFO_LABEL) 1651 goto fail; 1652 1653 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 8); 1654 if (datum != 0x2) 1655 goto fail; 1656 1657 if (strcmp (buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL) != 0) 1658 goto fail; 1659 1660 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */ 1661 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 4); 1662 if (datum + 20 != length) 1663 goto fail; 1664 1665 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */ 1666 for (i = 0; i < datum; i += 4) 1667 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 20 + i)); 1668 } 1669 1670 error_message = NULL; 1671 1672 if (apuinfo_set) 1673 { 1674 /* Compute the size of the output section. */ 1675 unsigned num_entries = apuinfo_list_length (); 1676 1677 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */ 1678 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME); 1679 1680 if (asec && !bfd_set_section_size (asec, 20 + num_entries * 4)) 1681 { 1682 ibfd = abfd; 1683 /* xgettext:c-format */ 1684 error_message = _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB"); 1685 } 1686 } 1687 1688 fail: 1689 if (buffer) 1690 free (buffer); 1691 1692 if (error_message) 1693 _bfd_error_handler (error_message, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME, ibfd); 1694} 1695 1696/* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections' 1697 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */ 1698 1699static bfd_boolean 1700ppc_elf_write_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1701 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1702 asection *asec, 1703 bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1704{ 1705 return apuinfo_set && strcmp (asec->name, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME) == 0; 1706} 1707 1708/* Finally we can generate the output section. */ 1709 1710static void 1711ppc_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd) 1712{ 1713 bfd_byte *buffer; 1714 asection *asec; 1715 unsigned i; 1716 unsigned num_entries; 1717 bfd_size_type length; 1718 1719 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME); 1720 if (asec == NULL) 1721 return; 1722 1723 if (!apuinfo_set) 1724 return; 1725 1726 length = asec->size; 1727 if (length < 20) 1728 return; 1729 1730 buffer = bfd_malloc (length); 1731 if (buffer == NULL) 1732 { 1733 _bfd_error_handler 1734 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section")); 1735 return; 1736 } 1737 1738 /* Create the apuinfo header. */ 1739 num_entries = apuinfo_list_length (); 1740 bfd_put_32 (abfd, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL, buffer); 1741 bfd_put_32 (abfd, num_entries * 4, buffer + 4); 1742 bfd_put_32 (abfd, 0x2, buffer + 8); 1743 strcpy ((char *) buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL); 1744 1745 length = 20; 1746 for (i = 0; i < num_entries; i++) 1747 { 1748 bfd_put_32 (abfd, apuinfo_list_element (i), buffer + length); 1749 length += 4; 1750 } 1751 1752 if (length != asec->size) 1753 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section")); 1754 1755 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, asec, buffer, (file_ptr) 0, length)) 1756 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section")); 1757 1758 free (buffer); 1759 1760 apuinfo_list_finish (); 1761} 1762 1763static bfd_boolean 1764ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd) 1765{ 1766 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd); 1767 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd); 1768} 1769 1770static bfd_boolean 1771is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd *abfd, asection *glink, bfd_vma off) 1772{ 1773 bfd_byte buf[4 * 4]; 1774 1775 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, off, sizeof buf)) 1776 return FALSE; 1777 1778 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11 1779 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11 1780 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 8) == MTCTR_11 1781 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 12) == BCTR); 1782} 1783 1784static bfd_boolean 1785section_covers_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section, void *ptr) 1786{ 1787 bfd_vma vma = *(bfd_vma *) ptr; 1788 return ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 1789 && section->vma <= vma 1790 && vma < section->vma + section->size); 1791} 1792 1793static long 1794ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, long symcount, asymbol **syms, 1795 long dynsymcount, asymbol **dynsyms, 1796 asymbol **ret) 1797{ 1798 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); 1799 asection *plt, *relplt, *dynamic, *glink; 1800 bfd_vma glink_vma = 0; 1801 bfd_vma resolv_vma = 0; 1802 bfd_vma stub_off; 1803 asymbol *s; 1804 arelent *p; 1805 size_t count, i, stub_delta; 1806 size_t size; 1807 char *names; 1808 bfd_byte buf[4]; 1809 1810 *ret = NULL; 1811 1812 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0) 1813 return 0; 1814 1815 if (dynsymcount <= 0) 1816 return 0; 1817 1818 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt"); 1819 if (relplt == NULL) 1820 return 0; 1821 1822 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt"); 1823 if (plt == NULL) 1824 return 0; 1825 1826 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */ 1827 if (elf_section_flags (plt) & SHF_EXECINSTR) 1828 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd, symcount, syms, 1829 dynsymcount, dynsyms, ret); 1830 1831 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address 1832 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */ 1833 dynamic = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); 1834 if (dynamic != NULL) 1835 { 1836 bfd_byte *dynbuf, *extdyn, *extdynend; 1837 size_t extdynsize; 1838 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *); 1839 1840 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, dynamic, &dynbuf)) 1841 return -1; 1842 1843 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn; 1844 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in; 1845 1846 extdyn = dynbuf; 1847 extdynend = extdyn + dynamic->size; 1848 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize) 1849 { 1850 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; 1851 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn); 1852 1853 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL) 1854 break; 1855 1856 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_PPC_GOT) 1857 { 1858 unsigned int g_o_t = dyn.d_un.d_val; 1859 asection *got = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got"); 1860 if (got != NULL 1861 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, got, buf, 1862 g_o_t - got->vma + 4, 4)) 1863 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf); 1864 break; 1865 } 1866 } 1867 free (dynbuf); 1868 } 1869 1870 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */ 1871 if (glink_vma == 0) 1872 { 1873 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, plt, buf, 0, 4)) 1874 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf); 1875 } 1876 1877 if (glink_vma == 0) 1878 return 0; 1879 1880 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final 1881 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the 1882 glink stubs now reside. */ 1883 glink = bfd_sections_find_if (abfd, section_covers_vma, &glink_vma); 1884 if (glink == NULL) 1885 return 0; 1886 1887 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch 1888 from the first glink stub. */ 1889 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, 1890 glink_vma - glink->vma, 4)) 1891 { 1892 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf); 1893 1894 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */ 1895 insn ^= B; 1896 if ((insn & ~0x3fffffc) == 0) 1897 resolv_vma = glink_vma + (insn ^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000; 1898 1899 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */ 1900 else if ((insn ^ B ^ NOP) == 0) 1901 for (i = 4; 1902 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, 1903 glink_vma - glink->vma + i, 4); 1904 i += 4) 1905 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf) != NOP) 1906 { 1907 resolv_vma = glink_vma + i; 1908 break; 1909 } 1910 } 1911 1912 count = relplt->size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 1913 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have 1914 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then 1915 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short 1916 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub. 1917 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of 1918 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */ 1919 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma; 1920 for (stub_delta = 16; stub_delta <= 32; stub_delta += 8) 1921 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd, glink, stub_off - stub_delta)) 1922 break; 1923 if (stub_delta > 32) 1924 return 0; 1925 1926 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; 1927 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE)) 1928 return -1; 1929 1930 size = count * sizeof (asymbol); 1931 p = relplt->relocation; 1932 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++) 1933 { 1934 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt"); 1935 if (p->addend != 0) 1936 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8; 1937 } 1938 1939 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink"); 1940 1941 if (resolv_vma) 1942 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"); 1943 1944 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size); 1945 if (s == NULL) 1946 return -1; 1947 1948 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma; 1949 names = (char *) (s + count + 1 + (resolv_vma != 0)); 1950 p = relplt->relocation + count - 1; 1951 for (i = 0; i < count; i++) 1952 { 1953 size_t len; 1954 1955 stub_off -= stub_delta; 1956 if (strcmp ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0) 1957 stub_off -= 32; 1958 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr; 1959 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since 1960 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */ 1961 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0) 1962 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL; 1963 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC; 1964 s->section = glink; 1965 s->value = stub_off; 1966 s->name = names; 1967 s->udata.p = NULL; 1968 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name); 1969 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len); 1970 names += len; 1971 if (p->addend != 0) 1972 { 1973 memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1); 1974 names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1; 1975 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, names, p->addend); 1976 names += strlen (names); 1977 } 1978 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt")); 1979 names += sizeof ("@plt"); 1980 ++s; 1981 --p; 1982 } 1983 1984 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */ 1985 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s); 1986 s->the_bfd = abfd; 1987 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC; 1988 s->section = glink; 1989 s->value = glink_vma - glink->vma; 1990 s->name = names; 1991 memcpy (names, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink")); 1992 names += sizeof ("__glink"); 1993 s++; 1994 count++; 1995 1996 if (resolv_vma) 1997 { 1998 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */ 1999 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s); 2000 s->the_bfd = abfd; 2001 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC; 2002 s->section = glink; 2003 s->value = resolv_vma - glink->vma; 2004 s->name = names; 2005 memcpy (names, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve")); 2006 names += sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"); 2007 s++; 2008 count++; 2009 } 2010 2011 return count; 2012} 2013 2014/* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while 2015 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more 2016 or less in the order in which they are called. eg. 2017 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process, 2018 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions 2019 called. */ 2020 2021/* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more 2022 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */ 2023struct plt_entry 2024{ 2025 struct plt_entry *next; 2026 2027 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2". 2028 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the 2029 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current 2030 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2 2031 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */ 2032 bfd_vma addend; 2033 2034 /* The .got2 section. */ 2035 asection *sec; 2036 2037 /* PLT refcount or offset. */ 2038 union 2039 { 2040 bfd_signed_vma refcount; 2041 bfd_vma offset; 2042 } plt; 2043 2044 /* .glink stub offset. */ 2045 bfd_vma glink_offset; 2046}; 2047 2048/* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this 2049 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared 2050 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */ 2051 2052static int 2053must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, 2054 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type) 2055{ 2056 switch (r_type) 2057 { 2058 default: 2059 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load 2060 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the 2061 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from 2062 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */ 2063 return 1; 2064 2065 case R_PPC_REL24: 2066 case R_PPC_REL14: 2067 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 2068 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 2069 case R_PPC_REL32: 2070 return 0; 2071 2072 case R_PPC_TPREL32: 2073 case R_PPC_TPREL16: 2074 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: 2075 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI: 2076 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: 2077 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the 2078 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */ 2079 return bfd_link_dll (info); 2080 } 2081} 2082 2083/* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid 2084 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss 2085 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the 2086 shared lib. */ 2087#define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1 2088 2089/* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */ 2090struct ppc_dyn_relocs 2091{ 2092 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *next; 2093 2094 /* The input section of the reloc. */ 2095 asection *sec; 2096 2097 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */ 2098 unsigned int count : 31; 2099 2100 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */ 2101 unsigned int ifunc : 1; 2102}; 2103 2104/* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */ 2105 2106struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry 2107{ 2108 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf; 2109 2110 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor 2111 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset 2112 from the beginning of the section. */ 2113 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_pointer; 2114 2115 /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */ 2116 struct elf_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs; 2117 2118 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT. 2119 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are 2120 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any 2121 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when 2122 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not 2123 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also 2124 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one. 2125 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */ 2126#define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */ 2127#define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */ 2128#define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */ 2129#define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */ 2130#define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */ 2131#define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */ 2132#define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */ 2133 unsigned char tls_mask; 2134 2135 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which 2136 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */ 2137#define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */ 2138#define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */ 2139#define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */ 2140 2141 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this 2142 symbol. */ 2143 unsigned char has_sda_refs : 1; 2144 2145 /* Flag use of given relocations. */ 2146 unsigned char has_addr16_ha : 1; 2147 unsigned char has_addr16_lo : 1; 2148}; 2149 2150#define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent)) 2151 2152/* PPC ELF linker hash table. */ 2153 2154struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table 2155{ 2156 struct elf_link_hash_table elf; 2157 2158 /* Various options passed from the linker. */ 2159 struct ppc_elf_params *params; 2160 2161 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */ 2162 asection *glink; 2163 asection *dynsbss; 2164 asection *relsbss; 2165 elf_linker_section_t sdata[2]; 2166 asection *sbss; 2167 asection *glink_eh_frame; 2168 asection *pltlocal; 2169 asection *relpltlocal; 2170 2171 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */ 2172 asection *srelplt2; 2173 2174 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */ 2175 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tls_get_addr; 2176 2177 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */ 2178 bfd *old_bfd; 2179 2180 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */ 2181 union { 2182 bfd_signed_vma refcount; 2183 bfd_vma offset; 2184 } tlsld_got; 2185 2186 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */ 2187 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve; 2188 2189 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */ 2190 unsigned int got_header_size; 2191 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */ 2192 unsigned int got_gap; 2193 2194 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */ 2195 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type; 2196 2197 /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */ 2198 unsigned int is_vxworks:1; 2199 2200 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers, 2201 referenced by dynamic relocations. */ 2202 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver:1; 2203 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver:1; 2204 2205 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */ 2206 unsigned int do_tls_opt:1; 2207 2208 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */ 2209 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt:1; 2210 2211 /* The size of PLT entries. */ 2212 int plt_entry_size; 2213 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */ 2214 int plt_slot_size; 2215 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */ 2216 int plt_initial_entry_size; 2217 2218 /* Small local sym cache. */ 2219 struct sym_cache sym_cache; 2220}; 2221 2222/* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they 2223 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */ 2224 2225/* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */ 2226#define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0 2227 2228/* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker 2229 relocs. */ 2230#define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1 2231 2232 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */ 2233#define has_pltcall sec_flg2 2234 2235/* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */ 2236 2237#define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \ 2238 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \ 2239 == PPC32_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL) 2240 2241/* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */ 2242 2243static struct bfd_hash_entry * 2244ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry, 2245 struct bfd_hash_table *table, 2246 const char *string) 2247{ 2248 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a 2249 subclass. */ 2250 if (entry == NULL) 2251 { 2252 entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table, 2253 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry)); 2254 if (entry == NULL) 2255 return entry; 2256 } 2257 2258 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */ 2259 entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string); 2260 if (entry != NULL) 2261 { 2262 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->linker_section_pointer = NULL; 2263 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->dyn_relocs = NULL; 2264 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->tls_mask = 0; 2265 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->has_sda_refs = 0; 2266 } 2267 2268 return entry; 2269} 2270 2271/* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */ 2272 2273static struct bfd_link_hash_table * 2274ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) 2275{ 2276 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *ret; 2277 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params 2278 = { PLT_OLD, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 }; 2279 2280 ret = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table)); 2281 if (ret == NULL) 2282 return NULL; 2283 2284 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->elf, abfd, 2285 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc, 2286 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry), 2287 PPC32_ELF_DATA)) 2288 { 2289 free (ret); 2290 return NULL; 2291 } 2292 2293 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.refcount = 0; 2294 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.glist = NULL; 2295 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.offset = 0; 2296 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.glist = NULL; 2297 2298 ret->params = &default_params; 2299 2300 ret->sdata[0].name = ".sdata"; 2301 ret->sdata[0].sym_name = "_SDA_BASE_"; 2302 ret->sdata[0].bss_name = ".sbss"; 2303 2304 ret->sdata[1].name = ".sdata2"; 2305 ret->sdata[1].sym_name = "_SDA2_BASE_"; 2306 ret->sdata[1].bss_name = ".sbss2"; 2307 2308 ret->plt_entry_size = 12; 2309 ret->plt_slot_size = 8; 2310 ret->plt_initial_entry_size = 72; 2311 2312 return &ret->elf.root; 2313} 2314 2315/* Hook linker params into hash table. */ 2316 2317void 2318ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct ppc_elf_params *params) 2319{ 2320 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2321 2322 if (htab) 2323 htab->params = params; 2324 params->pagesize_p2 = bfd_log2 (params->pagesize); 2325} 2326 2327/* Create .got and the related sections. */ 2328 2329static bfd_boolean 2330ppc_elf_create_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 2331{ 2332 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 2333 2334 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info)) 2335 return FALSE; 2336 2337 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2338 if (!htab->is_vxworks) 2339 { 2340 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it 2341 executable. */ 2342 flagword flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 2343 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2344 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags)) 2345 return FALSE; 2346 } 2347 2348 return TRUE; 2349} 2350 2351/* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and 2352 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata 2353 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */ 2354 2355static bfd_boolean 2356ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd *abfd, 2357 struct bfd_link_info *info, 2358 flagword flags, 2359 elf_linker_section_t *lsect) 2360{ 2361 asection *s; 2362 2363 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY 2364 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2365 2366 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, lsect->name, flags); 2367 if (s == NULL) 2368 return FALSE; 2369 lsect->section = s; 2370 2371 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */ 2372 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, lsect->name); 2373 2374 lsect->sym = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd, info, s, lsect->sym_name); 2375 if (lsect->sym == NULL) 2376 return FALSE; 2377 lsect->sym->root.u.def.value = 0x8000; 2378 return TRUE; 2379} 2380 2381static bfd_boolean 2382ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 2383{ 2384 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2385 asection *s; 2386 flagword flags; 2387 int p2align; 2388 2389 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 2390 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2391 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".glink", flags); 2392 htab->glink = s; 2393 p2align = htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 6 : 4; 2394 if (p2align < htab->params->plt_stub_align) 2395 p2align = htab->params->plt_stub_align; 2396 if (s == NULL 2397 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, p2align)) 2398 return FALSE; 2399 2400 if (!info->no_ld_generated_unwind_info) 2401 { 2402 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 2403 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2404 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".eh_frame", flags); 2405 htab->glink_eh_frame = s; 2406 if (s == NULL 2407 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2)) 2408 return FALSE; 2409 } 2410 2411 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED; 2412 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".iplt", flags); 2413 htab->elf.iplt = s; 2414 if (s == NULL 2415 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 4)) 2416 return FALSE; 2417 2418 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 2419 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2420 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.iplt", flags); 2421 htab->elf.irelplt = s; 2422 if (s == NULL 2423 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2)) 2424 return FALSE; 2425 2426 /* Local plt entries. */ 2427 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 2428 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2429 htab->pltlocal = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".branch_lt", 2430 flags); 2431 if (htab->pltlocal == NULL 2432 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->pltlocal, 2)) 2433 return FALSE; 2434 2435 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 2436 { 2437 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY 2438 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2439 htab->relpltlocal 2440 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.branch_lt", flags); 2441 if (htab->relpltlocal == NULL 2442 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->relpltlocal, 2)) 2443 return FALSE; 2444 } 2445 2446 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, 0, 2447 &htab->sdata[0])) 2448 return FALSE; 2449 2450 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, SEC_READONLY, 2451 &htab->sdata[1])) 2452 return FALSE; 2453 2454 return TRUE; 2455} 2456 2457/* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped 2458 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has 2459 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */ 2460 2461static bfd_boolean 2462ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 2463{ 2464 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 2465 asection *s; 2466 flagword flags; 2467 2468 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2469 2470 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL 2471 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd, info)) 2472 return FALSE; 2473 2474 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info)) 2475 return FALSE; 2476 2477 if (htab->glink == NULL 2478 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd, info)) 2479 return FALSE; 2480 2481 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynsbss", 2482 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2483 htab->dynsbss = s; 2484 if (s == NULL) 2485 return FALSE; 2486 2487 if (! bfd_link_pic (info)) 2488 { 2489 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 2490 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2491 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.sbss", flags); 2492 htab->relsbss = s; 2493 if (s == NULL 2494 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2)) 2495 return FALSE; 2496 } 2497 2498 if (htab->is_vxworks 2499 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2)) 2500 return FALSE; 2501 2502 s = htab->elf.splt; 2503 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE | SEC_LINKER_CREATED; 2504 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS) 2505 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */ 2506 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY; 2507 return bfd_set_section_flags (s, flags); 2508} 2509 2510/* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */ 2511 2512static void 2513ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, 2514 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, 2515 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind) 2516{ 2517 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind; 2518 2519 edir = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir; 2520 eind = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind; 2521 2522 edir->tls_mask |= eind->tls_mask; 2523 edir->has_sda_refs |= eind->has_sda_refs; 2524 2525 if (edir->elf.versioned != versioned_hidden) 2526 edir->elf.ref_dynamic |= eind->elf.ref_dynamic; 2527 edir->elf.ref_regular |= eind->elf.ref_regular; 2528 edir->elf.ref_regular_nonweak |= eind->elf.ref_regular_nonweak; 2529 edir->elf.non_got_ref |= eind->elf.non_got_ref; 2530 edir->elf.needs_plt |= eind->elf.needs_plt; 2531 edir->elf.pointer_equality_needed |= eind->elf.pointer_equality_needed; 2532 2533 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */ 2534 if (eind->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect) 2535 return; 2536 2537 if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL) 2538 { 2539 if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL) 2540 { 2541 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; 2542 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; 2543 2544 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym 2545 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */ 2546 for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) 2547 { 2548 struct elf_dyn_relocs *q; 2549 2550 for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next) 2551 if (q->sec == p->sec) 2552 { 2553 q->pc_count += p->pc_count; 2554 q->count += p->count; 2555 *pp = p->next; 2556 break; 2557 } 2558 if (q == NULL) 2559 pp = &p->next; 2560 } 2561 *pp = edir->dyn_relocs; 2562 } 2563 2564 edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs; 2565 eind->dyn_relocs = NULL; 2566 } 2567 2568 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to 2569 the symbol which just became indirect. */ 2570 edir->elf.got.refcount += eind->elf.got.refcount; 2571 eind->elf.got.refcount = 0; 2572 2573 /* And plt entries. */ 2574 if (eind->elf.plt.plist != NULL) 2575 { 2576 if (edir->elf.plt.plist != NULL) 2577 { 2578 struct plt_entry **entp; 2579 struct plt_entry *ent; 2580 2581 for (entp = &eind->elf.plt.plist; (ent = *entp) != NULL; ) 2582 { 2583 struct plt_entry *dent; 2584 2585 for (dent = edir->elf.plt.plist; dent != NULL; dent = dent->next) 2586 if (dent->sec == ent->sec && dent->addend == ent->addend) 2587 { 2588 dent->plt.refcount += ent->plt.refcount; 2589 *entp = ent->next; 2590 break; 2591 } 2592 if (dent == NULL) 2593 entp = &ent->next; 2594 } 2595 *entp = edir->elf.plt.plist; 2596 } 2597 2598 edir->elf.plt.plist = eind->elf.plt.plist; 2599 eind->elf.plt.plist = NULL; 2600 } 2601 2602 if (eind->elf.dynindx != -1) 2603 { 2604 if (edir->elf.dynindx != -1) 2605 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr, 2606 edir->elf.dynstr_index); 2607 edir->elf.dynindx = eind->elf.dynindx; 2608 edir->elf.dynstr_index = eind->elf.dynstr_index; 2609 eind->elf.dynindx = -1; 2610 eind->elf.dynstr_index = 0; 2611 } 2612} 2613 2614/* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object 2615 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */ 2616 2617static bfd_boolean 2618ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, 2619 struct bfd_link_info *info, 2620 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, 2621 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 2622 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 2623 asection **secp, 2624 bfd_vma *valp) 2625{ 2626 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON 2627 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info) 2628 && is_ppc_elf (info->output_bfd) 2629 && sym->st_size <= elf_gp_size (abfd)) 2630 { 2631 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically 2632 put into .sbss. */ 2633 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 2634 2635 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2636 if (htab->sbss == NULL) 2637 { 2638 flagword flags = SEC_IS_COMMON | SEC_LINKER_CREATED; 2639 2640 if (!htab->elf.dynobj) 2641 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; 2642 2643 htab->sbss = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj, 2644 ".sbss", 2645 flags); 2646 if (htab->sbss == NULL) 2647 return FALSE; 2648 } 2649 2650 *secp = htab->sbss; 2651 *valp = sym->st_size; 2652 } 2653 2654 return TRUE; 2655} 2656 2657/* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */ 2658 2659static elf_linker_section_pointers_t * 2660elf_find_pointer_linker_section 2661 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_pointers, 2662 bfd_vma addend, 2663 elf_linker_section_t *lsect) 2664{ 2665 for ( ; linker_pointers != NULL; linker_pointers = linker_pointers->next) 2666 if (lsect == linker_pointers->lsect && addend == linker_pointers->addend) 2667 return linker_pointers; 2668 2669 return NULL; 2670} 2671 2672/* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */ 2673 2674static bfd_boolean 2675elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd *abfd, 2676 elf_linker_section_t *lsect, 2677 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 2678 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) 2679{ 2680 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr_linker_section_ptr = NULL; 2681 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr; 2682 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 2683 bfd_size_type amt; 2684 2685 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL); 2686 2687 /* Is this a global symbol? */ 2688 if (h != NULL) 2689 { 2690 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh; 2691 2692 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */ 2693 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 2694 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh->linker_section_pointer, 2695 rel->r_addend, 2696 lsect)) 2697 return TRUE; 2698 2699 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &eh->linker_section_pointer; 2700 } 2701 else 2702 { 2703 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd)); 2704 2705 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */ 2706 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd); 2707 2708 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */ 2709 if (!ptr) 2710 { 2711 unsigned int num_symbols = elf_symtab_hdr (abfd).sh_info; 2712 2713 amt = num_symbols; 2714 amt *= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *); 2715 ptr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 2716 2717 if (!ptr) 2718 return FALSE; 2719 2720 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd) = ptr; 2721 } 2722 2723 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */ 2724 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr[r_symndx], 2725 rel->r_addend, 2726 lsect)) 2727 return TRUE; 2728 2729 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &ptr[r_symndx]; 2730 } 2731 2732 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate 2733 a new pointer record from internal memory. */ 2734 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr != NULL); 2735 amt = sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t); 2736 linker_section_ptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); 2737 2738 if (!linker_section_ptr) 2739 return FALSE; 2740 2741 linker_section_ptr->next = *ptr_linker_section_ptr; 2742 linker_section_ptr->addend = rel->r_addend; 2743 linker_section_ptr->lsect = lsect; 2744 *ptr_linker_section_ptr = linker_section_ptr; 2745 2746 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect->section, 2)) 2747 return FALSE; 2748 linker_section_ptr->offset = lsect->section->size; 2749 lsect->section->size += 4; 2750 2751#ifdef DEBUG 2752 fprintf (stderr, 2753 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n", 2754 lsect->name, (long) linker_section_ptr->offset, 2755 (long) lsect->section->size); 2756#endif 2757 2758 return TRUE; 2759} 2760 2761static struct plt_entry ** 2762update_local_sym_info (bfd *abfd, 2763 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, 2764 unsigned long r_symndx, 2765 int tls_type) 2766{ 2767 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd); 2768 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 2769 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks; 2770 2771 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL) 2772 { 2773 bfd_size_type size = symtab_hdr->sh_info; 2774 2775 size *= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts) 2776 + sizeof (*local_plt) 2777 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks)); 2778 local_got_refcounts = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size); 2779 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL) 2780 return NULL; 2781 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts; 2782 } 2783 2784 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 2785 local_got_tls_masks = (unsigned char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 2786 local_got_tls_masks[r_symndx] |= tls_type & 0xff; 2787 if ((tls_type & NON_GOT) == 0) 2788 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1; 2789 return local_plt + r_symndx; 2790} 2791 2792static bfd_boolean 2793update_plt_info (bfd *abfd, struct plt_entry **plist, 2794 asection *sec, bfd_vma addend) 2795{ 2796 struct plt_entry *ent; 2797 2798 if (addend < 32768) 2799 sec = NULL; 2800 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 2801 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend) 2802 break; 2803 if (ent == NULL) 2804 { 2805 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*ent); 2806 ent = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); 2807 if (ent == NULL) 2808 return FALSE; 2809 ent->next = *plist; 2810 ent->sec = sec; 2811 ent->addend = addend; 2812 ent->plt.refcount = 0; 2813 *plist = ent; 2814 } 2815 ent->plt.refcount += 1; 2816 return TRUE; 2817} 2818 2819static struct plt_entry * 2820find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry **plist, asection *sec, bfd_vma addend) 2821{ 2822 struct plt_entry *ent; 2823 2824 if (addend < 32768) 2825 sec = NULL; 2826 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 2827 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend) 2828 break; 2829 return ent; 2830} 2831 2832static bfd_boolean 2833is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type) 2834{ 2835 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 2836 || r_type == R_PPC_LOCAL24PC 2837 || r_type == R_PPC_REL24 2838 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14 2839 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN 2840 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN 2841 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR24 2842 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14 2843 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN 2844 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN 2845 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_REL24); 2846} 2847 2848/* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */ 2849 2850static bfd_boolean 2851is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type) 2852{ 2853 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA 2854 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 2855 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 2856 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTSEQ); 2857} 2858 2859static void 2860bad_shared_reloc (bfd *abfd, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type) 2861{ 2862 _bfd_error_handler 2863 /* xgettext:c-format */ 2864 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"), 2865 abfd, 2866 ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name); 2867 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 2868} 2869 2870/* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and 2871 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage 2872 table. */ 2873 2874static bfd_boolean 2875ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, 2876 struct bfd_link_info *info, 2877 asection *sec, 2878 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs) 2879{ 2880 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 2881 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 2882 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; 2883 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; 2884 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end; 2885 asection *got2, *sreloc; 2886 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tga; 2887 2888 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) 2889 return TRUE; 2890 2891 /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections. 2892 In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT 2893 and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT 2894 or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS 2895 relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared 2896 libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate. */ 2897 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) 2898 return TRUE; 2899 2900#ifdef DEBUG 2901 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB", 2902 sec, abfd); 2903#endif 2904 2905 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd)); 2906 2907 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */ 2908 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32]) 2909 ppc_elf_howto_init (); 2910 2911 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2912 if (htab->glink == NULL) 2913 { 2914 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) 2915 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; 2916 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab->elf.dynobj, info)) 2917 return FALSE; 2918 } 2919 tga = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr", 2920 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); 2921 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); 2922 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); 2923 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2"); 2924 sreloc = NULL; 2925 2926 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count; 2927 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++) 2928 { 2929 unsigned long r_symndx; 2930 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 2931 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 2932 int tls_type; 2933 struct plt_entry **ifunc; 2934 struct plt_entry **pltent; 2935 bfd_vma addend; 2936 2937 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 2938 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) 2939 h = NULL; 2940 else 2941 { 2942 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 2943 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 2944 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 2945 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 2946 } 2947 2948 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got. 2949 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi 2950 startup code. */ 2951 if (h != NULL 2952 && htab->elf.sgot == NULL 2953 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0) 2954 { 2955 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) 2956 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; 2957 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info)) 2958 return FALSE; 2959 BFD_ASSERT (h == htab->elf.hgot); 2960 } 2961 2962 tls_type = 0; 2963 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); 2964 ifunc = NULL; 2965 if (h == NULL && !htab->is_vxworks) 2966 { 2967 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, 2968 abfd, r_symndx); 2969 if (isym == NULL) 2970 return FALSE; 2971 2972 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 2973 { 2974 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */ 2975 ifunc = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, 2976 NON_GOT | PLT_IFUNC); 2977 if (ifunc == NULL) 2978 return FALSE; 2979 2980 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry; 2981 In a non-pie executable even when there are 2982 no plt calls. */ 2983 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) 2984 || is_branch_reloc (r_type) 2985 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 2986 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 2987 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA) 2988 { 2989 addend = 0; 2990 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24) 2991 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1; 2992 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 2993 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 2994 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 2995 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 2996 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)) 2997 addend = rel->r_addend; 2998 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, ifunc, got2, addend)) 2999 return FALSE; 3000 } 3001 } 3002 } 3003 3004 if (!htab->is_vxworks 3005 && is_branch_reloc (r_type) 3006 && h != NULL 3007 && h == tga) 3008 { 3009 if (rel != relocs 3010 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSGD 3011 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSLD)) 3012 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker 3013 reloc. */ 3014 ; 3015 else 3016 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */ 3017 sec->nomark_tls_get_addr = 1; 3018 } 3019 3020 switch ((int)r_type) 3021 { 3022 case R_PPC_TLSGD: 3023 case R_PPC_TLSLD: 3024 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with 3025 its parameter symbol. */ 3026 if (h != NULL) 3027 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK; 3028 else 3029 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, 3030 NON_GOT | TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK)) 3031 return FALSE; 3032 break; 3033 3034 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ: 3035 break; 3036 3037 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: 3038 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: 3039 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: 3040 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: 3041 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD; 3042 goto dogottls; 3043 3044 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: 3045 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: 3046 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: 3047 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: 3048 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD; 3049 goto dogottls; 3050 3051 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: 3052 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: 3053 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: 3054 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: 3055 if (bfd_link_dll (info)) 3056 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; 3057 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL; 3058 goto dogottls; 3059 3060 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: 3061 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: 3062 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: 3063 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: 3064 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL; 3065 dogottls: 3066 sec->has_tls_reloc = 1; 3067 /* Fall through. */ 3068 3069 /* GOT16 relocations */ 3070 case R_PPC_GOT16: 3071 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO: 3072 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI: 3073 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA: 3074 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */ 3075 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL) 3076 { 3077 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) 3078 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; 3079 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info)) 3080 return FALSE; 3081 } 3082 if (h != NULL) 3083 { 3084 h->got.refcount += 1; 3085 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= tls_type; 3086 } 3087 else 3088 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */ 3089 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, tls_type)) 3090 return FALSE; 3091 3092 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be 3093 an ifunc. */ 3094 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info)) 3095 { 3096 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0)) 3097 return FALSE; 3098 } 3099 break; 3100 3101 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */ 3102 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: 3103 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1; 3104 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[0], 3105 h, rel)) 3106 return FALSE; 3107 if (h != NULL) 3108 { 3109 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE; 3110 h->non_got_ref = TRUE; 3111 } 3112 break; 3113 3114 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */ 3115 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: 3116 if (!bfd_link_executable (info)) 3117 { 3118 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type); 3119 return FALSE; 3120 } 3121 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1; 3122 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[1], 3123 h, rel)) 3124 return FALSE; 3125 if (h != NULL) 3126 { 3127 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE; 3128 h->non_got_ref = TRUE; 3129 } 3130 break; 3131 3132 case R_PPC_SDAREL16: 3133 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1; 3134 /* Fall through. */ 3135 3136 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A: 3137 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D: 3138 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A: 3139 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D: 3140 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A: 3141 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D: 3142 if (h != NULL) 3143 { 3144 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE; 3145 h->non_got_ref = TRUE; 3146 } 3147 break; 3148 3149 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8: 3150 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15: 3151 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24: 3152 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A: 3153 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D: 3154 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A: 3155 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D: 3156 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A: 3157 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D: 3158 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20: 3159 break; 3160 3161 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: 3162 if (!bfd_link_executable (info)) 3163 { 3164 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type); 3165 return FALSE; 3166 } 3167 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1; 3168 if (h != NULL) 3169 { 3170 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE; 3171 h->non_got_ref = TRUE; 3172 } 3173 break; 3174 3175 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO: 3176 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21: 3177 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21: 3178 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: 3179 if (h != NULL) 3180 { 3181 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE; 3182 h->non_got_ref = TRUE; 3183 } 3184 break; 3185 3186 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: 3187 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: 3188 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: 3189 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: 3190 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: 3191 if (h != NULL) 3192 h->non_got_ref = TRUE; 3193 break; 3194 3195 case R_PPC_PLTREL24: 3196 if (h == NULL) 3197 break; 3198 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1; 3199 goto pltentry; 3200 3201 case R_PPC_PLTCALL: 3202 sec->has_pltcall = 1; 3203 /* Fall through. */ 3204 3205 case R_PPC_PLT32: 3206 case R_PPC_PLTREL32: 3207 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO: 3208 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI: 3209 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: 3210 pltentry: 3211#ifdef DEBUG 3212 fprintf (stderr, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n"); 3213#endif 3214 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */ 3215 if (h == NULL) 3216 { 3217 pltent = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, 3218 NON_GOT | PLT_KEEP); 3219 if (pltent == NULL) 3220 return FALSE; 3221 } 3222 else 3223 { 3224 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24) 3225 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= PLT_KEEP; 3226 h->needs_plt = 1; 3227 pltent = &h->plt.plist; 3228 } 3229 addend = 0; 3230 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 3231 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 3232 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 3233 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 3234 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)) 3235 addend = rel->r_addend; 3236 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, pltent, got2, addend)) 3237 return FALSE; 3238 break; 3239 3240 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the 3241 relocation if linking a shared object since they are 3242 section relative. */ 3243 case R_PPC_SECTOFF: 3244 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO: 3245 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI: 3246 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA: 3247 case R_PPC_DTPREL16: 3248 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: 3249 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: 3250 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: 3251 case R_PPC_TOC16: 3252 break; 3253 3254 case R_PPC_REL16: 3255 case R_PPC_REL16_LO: 3256 case R_PPC_REL16_HI: 3257 case R_PPC_REL16_HA: 3258 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA: 3259 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_rel16 = 1; 3260 break; 3261 3262 /* These are just markers. */ 3263 case R_PPC_TLS: 3264 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: 3265 case R_PPC_NONE: 3266 case R_PPC_max: 3267 case R_PPC_RELAX: 3268 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT: 3269 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24: 3270 case R_PPC_16DX_HA: 3271 break; 3272 3273 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */ 3274 case R_PPC_COPY: 3275 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT: 3276 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT: 3277 case R_PPC_RELATIVE: 3278 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE: 3279 break; 3280 3281 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */ 3282 case R_PPC_ADDR30: 3283 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: 3284 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: 3285 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: 3286 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: 3287 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: 3288 break; 3289 3290 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */ 3291 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC: 3292 if (h != NULL && h == htab->elf.hgot && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET) 3293 { 3294 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; 3295 htab->old_bfd = abfd; 3296 } 3297 if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 3298 { 3299 h->needs_plt = 1; 3300 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0)) 3301 return FALSE; 3302 } 3303 break; 3304 3305 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy. 3306 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */ 3307 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT: 3308 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset)) 3309 return FALSE; 3310 break; 3311 3312 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually 3313 used. Record for later use during GC. */ 3314 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY: 3315 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend)) 3316 return FALSE; 3317 break; 3318 3319 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */ 3320 case R_PPC_TPREL32: 3321 case R_PPC_TPREL16: 3322 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: 3323 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI: 3324 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: 3325 if (bfd_link_dll (info)) 3326 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; 3327 goto dodyn; 3328 3329 /* Nor these. */ 3330 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32: 3331 case R_PPC_DTPREL32: 3332 goto dodyn; 3333 3334 case R_PPC_REL32: 3335 if (h == NULL 3336 && got2 != NULL 3337 && (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0 3338 && bfd_link_pic (info) 3339 && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET) 3340 { 3341 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before 3342 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32 3343 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then 3344 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot 3345 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for 3346 PLT call stubs. */ 3347 asection *s; 3348 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; 3349 3350 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, 3351 abfd, r_symndx); 3352 if (isym == NULL) 3353 return FALSE; 3354 3355 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx); 3356 if (s == got2) 3357 { 3358 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; 3359 htab->old_bfd = abfd; 3360 } 3361 } 3362 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot) 3363 break; 3364 /* fall through */ 3365 3366 case R_PPC_ADDR32: 3367 case R_PPC_ADDR16: 3368 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO: 3369 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI: 3370 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA: 3371 case R_PPC_UADDR32: 3372 case R_PPC_UADDR16: 3373 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info)) 3374 { 3375 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be 3376 a function defined in a dynamic object. */ 3377 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0)) 3378 return FALSE; 3379 3380 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */ 3381 h->non_got_ref = 1; 3382 h->pointer_equality_needed = 1; 3383 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA) 3384 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha = 1; 3385 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO) 3386 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo = 1; 3387 } 3388 goto dodyn; 3389 3390 case R_PPC_REL24: 3391 case R_PPC_REL14: 3392 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 3393 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 3394 if (h == NULL) 3395 break; 3396 if (h == htab->elf.hgot) 3397 { 3398 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET) 3399 { 3400 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; 3401 htab->old_bfd = abfd; 3402 } 3403 break; 3404 } 3405 /* fall through */ 3406 3407 case R_PPC_ADDR24: 3408 case R_PPC_ADDR14: 3409 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN: 3410 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN: 3411 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info)) 3412 { 3413 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be 3414 a function defined in a dynamic object. */ 3415 h->needs_plt = 1; 3416 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0)) 3417 return FALSE; 3418 break; 3419 } 3420 3421 dodyn: 3422 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc 3423 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc 3424 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc 3425 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with 3426 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a 3427 global symbol which is defined in an object we are 3428 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At 3429 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is 3430 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set 3431 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition, 3432 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in 3433 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by 3434 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash 3435 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating 3436 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the 3437 symbol local. 3438 3439 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we 3440 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a 3441 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the 3442 symbol. */ 3443 if ((bfd_link_pic (info) 3444 && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type) 3445 || (h != NULL 3446 && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h) 3447 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak 3448 || !h->def_regular)))) 3449 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 3450 && !bfd_link_pic (info) 3451 && h != NULL 3452 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak 3453 || !h->def_regular))) 3454 { 3455#ifdef DEBUG 3456 fprintf (stderr, 3457 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to " 3458 "create relocation for %s\n", 3459 (h && h->root.root.string 3460 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>")); 3461#endif 3462 if (sreloc == NULL) 3463 { 3464 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) 3465 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; 3466 3467 sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section 3468 (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE); 3469 3470 if (sreloc == NULL) 3471 return FALSE; 3472 } 3473 3474 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of 3475 relocations we need for this symbol. */ 3476 if (h != NULL) 3477 { 3478 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; 3479 struct elf_dyn_relocs **rel_head; 3480 3481 rel_head = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs; 3482 p = *rel_head; 3483 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec) 3484 { 3485 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p); 3486 if (p == NULL) 3487 return FALSE; 3488 p->next = *rel_head; 3489 *rel_head = p; 3490 p->sec = sec; 3491 p->count = 0; 3492 p->pc_count = 0; 3493 } 3494 p->count += 1; 3495 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)) 3496 p->pc_count += 1; 3497 } 3498 else 3499 { 3500 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too. 3501 We really need local syms available to do this 3502 easily. Oh well. */ 3503 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p; 3504 struct ppc_dyn_relocs **rel_head; 3505 bfd_boolean is_ifunc; 3506 asection *s; 3507 void *vpp; 3508 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; 3509 3510 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, 3511 abfd, r_symndx); 3512 if (isym == NULL) 3513 return FALSE; 3514 3515 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx); 3516 if (s == NULL) 3517 s = sec; 3518 3519 vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel; 3520 rel_head = (struct ppc_dyn_relocs **) vpp; 3521 is_ifunc = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC; 3522 p = *rel_head; 3523 if (p != NULL && p->sec == sec && p->ifunc != is_ifunc) 3524 p = p->next; 3525 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec || p->ifunc != is_ifunc) 3526 { 3527 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p); 3528 if (p == NULL) 3529 return FALSE; 3530 p->next = *rel_head; 3531 *rel_head = p; 3532 p->sec = sec; 3533 p->ifunc = is_ifunc; 3534 p->count = 0; 3535 } 3536 p->count += 1; 3537 } 3538 } 3539 3540 break; 3541 } 3542 } 3543 3544 return TRUE; 3545} 3546 3547/* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD 3548 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */ 3549bfd_boolean 3550_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 3551{ 3552 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd; 3553 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs; 3554 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs; 3555 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE; 3556 3557 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; 3558 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; 3559 3560 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP]; 3561 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP]; 3562 3563 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i) 3564 { 3565 int in_fp = in_attr->i & 3; 3566 int out_fp = out_attr->i & 3; 3567 static bfd *last_fp, *last_ld; 3568 3569 if (in_fp == 0) 3570 ; 3571 else if (out_fp == 0) 3572 { 3573 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; 3574 out_attr->i ^= in_fp; 3575 last_fp = ibfd; 3576 } 3577 else if (out_fp != 2 && in_fp == 2) 3578 { 3579 _bfd_error_handler 3580 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3581 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"), 3582 last_fp, ibfd); 3583 ret = FALSE; 3584 } 3585 else if (out_fp == 2 && in_fp != 2) 3586 { 3587 _bfd_error_handler 3588 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3589 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"), 3590 ibfd, last_fp); 3591 ret = FALSE; 3592 } 3593 else if (out_fp == 1 && in_fp == 3) 3594 { 3595 _bfd_error_handler 3596 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3597 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, " 3598 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp, ibfd); 3599 ret = FALSE; 3600 } 3601 else if (out_fp == 3 && in_fp == 1) 3602 { 3603 _bfd_error_handler 3604 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3605 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, " 3606 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd, last_fp); 3607 ret = FALSE; 3608 } 3609 3610 in_fp = in_attr->i & 0xc; 3611 out_fp = out_attr->i & 0xc; 3612 if (in_fp == 0) 3613 ; 3614 else if (out_fp == 0) 3615 { 3616 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; 3617 out_attr->i ^= in_fp; 3618 last_ld = ibfd; 3619 } 3620 else if (out_fp != 2 * 4 && in_fp == 2 * 4) 3621 { 3622 _bfd_error_handler 3623 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3624 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, " 3625 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd, last_ld); 3626 ret = FALSE; 3627 } 3628 else if (in_fp != 2 * 4 && out_fp == 2 * 4) 3629 { 3630 _bfd_error_handler 3631 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3632 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, " 3633 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld, ibfd); 3634 ret = FALSE; 3635 } 3636 else if (out_fp == 1 * 4 && in_fp == 3 * 4) 3637 { 3638 _bfd_error_handler 3639 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3640 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, " 3641 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld, ibfd); 3642 ret = FALSE; 3643 } 3644 else if (out_fp == 3 * 4 && in_fp == 1 * 4) 3645 { 3646 _bfd_error_handler 3647 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3648 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, " 3649 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd, last_ld); 3650 ret = FALSE; 3651 } 3652 } 3653 3654 if (!ret) 3655 { 3656 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; 3657 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 3658 } 3659 return ret; 3660} 3661 3662/* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if 3663 there are conflicting attributes. */ 3664static bfd_boolean 3665ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 3666{ 3667 bfd *obfd; 3668 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs; 3669 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs; 3670 bfd_boolean ret; 3671 3672 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd, info)) 3673 return FALSE; 3674 3675 obfd = info->output_bfd; 3676 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; 3677 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; 3678 3679 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and 3680 merge non-conflicting ones. */ 3681 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector]; 3682 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector]; 3683 ret = TRUE; 3684 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i) 3685 { 3686 int in_vec = in_attr->i & 3; 3687 int out_vec = out_attr->i & 3; 3688 static bfd *last_vec; 3689 3690 if (in_vec == 0) 3691 ; 3692 else if (out_vec == 0) 3693 { 3694 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; 3695 out_attr->i = in_vec; 3696 last_vec = ibfd; 3697 } 3698 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE 3699 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack 3700 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are 3701 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this 3702 case too. */ 3703 else if (in_vec == 1) 3704 ; 3705 else if (out_vec == 1) 3706 { 3707 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; 3708 out_attr->i = in_vec; 3709 last_vec = ibfd; 3710 } 3711 else if (out_vec < in_vec) 3712 { 3713 _bfd_error_handler 3714 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3715 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"), 3716 last_vec, ibfd); 3717 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; 3718 ret = FALSE; 3719 } 3720 else if (out_vec > in_vec) 3721 { 3722 _bfd_error_handler 3723 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3724 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"), 3725 ibfd, last_vec); 3726 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; 3727 ret = FALSE; 3728 } 3729 } 3730 3731 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes 3732 and merge non-conflicting ones. */ 3733 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return]; 3734 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return]; 3735 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i) 3736 { 3737 int in_struct = in_attr->i & 3; 3738 int out_struct = out_attr->i & 3; 3739 static bfd *last_struct; 3740 3741 if (in_struct == 0 || in_struct == 3) 3742 ; 3743 else if (out_struct == 0) 3744 { 3745 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; 3746 out_attr->i = in_struct; 3747 last_struct = ibfd; 3748 } 3749 else if (out_struct < in_struct) 3750 { 3751 _bfd_error_handler 3752 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3753 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, " 3754 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct, ibfd); 3755 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; 3756 ret = FALSE; 3757 } 3758 else if (out_struct > in_struct) 3759 { 3760 _bfd_error_handler 3761 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3762 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, " 3763 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd, last_struct); 3764 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; 3765 ret = FALSE; 3766 } 3767 } 3768 if (!ret) 3769 { 3770 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 3771 return FALSE; 3772 } 3773 3774 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */ 3775 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, info); 3776} 3777 3778/* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output 3779 object file when linking. */ 3780 3781static bfd_boolean 3782ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 3783{ 3784 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd; 3785 flagword old_flags; 3786 flagword new_flags; 3787 bfd_boolean error; 3788 3789 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd)) 3790 return TRUE; 3791 3792 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */ 3793 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info)) 3794 return FALSE; 3795 3796 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, info)) 3797 return FALSE; 3798 3799 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags; 3800 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags; 3801 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd)) 3802 { 3803 /* First call, no flags set. */ 3804 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE; 3805 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags; 3806 } 3807 3808 /* Compatible flags are ok. */ 3809 else if (new_flags == old_flags) 3810 ; 3811 3812 /* Incompatible flags. */ 3813 else 3814 { 3815 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib 3816 to be linked with either. */ 3817 error = FALSE; 3818 if ((new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0 3819 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0) 3820 { 3821 error = TRUE; 3822 _bfd_error_handler 3823 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with " 3824 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd); 3825 } 3826 else if ((new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0 3827 && (old_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0) 3828 { 3829 error = TRUE; 3830 _bfd_error_handler 3831 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with " 3832 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd); 3833 } 3834 3835 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */ 3836 if (! (new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) 3837 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB; 3838 3839 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib, 3840 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */ 3841 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB) 3842 && (new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE)) 3843 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE))) 3844 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE; 3845 3846 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if 3847 any module uses it. */ 3848 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= (new_flags & EF_PPC_EMB); 3849 3850 new_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB); 3851 old_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB); 3852 3853 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */ 3854 if (new_flags != old_flags) 3855 { 3856 error = TRUE; 3857 _bfd_error_handler 3858 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3859 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields " 3860 "than previous modules (%#x)"), 3861 ibfd, new_flags, old_flags); 3862 } 3863 3864 if (error) 3865 { 3866 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 3867 return FALSE; 3868 } 3869 } 3870 3871 return TRUE; 3872} 3873 3874static void 3875ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd *input_bfd, 3876 asection *input_section, 3877 unsigned long offset, 3878 bfd_byte *loc, 3879 bfd_vma value, 3880 split16_format_type split16_format, 3881 bfd_boolean fixup) 3882{ 3883 unsigned int insn, opcode; 3884 3885 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, loc); 3886 opcode = insn & E_OPCODE_MASK; 3887 if (opcode == E_OR2I_INSN 3888 || opcode == E_AND2I_DOT_INSN 3889 || opcode == E_OR2IS_INSN 3890 || opcode == E_LIS_INSN 3891 || opcode == E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN) 3892 { 3893 if (split16_format != split16a_type) 3894 { 3895 if (fixup) 3896 split16_format = split16a_type; 3897 else 3898 _bfd_error_handler 3899 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3900 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"), 3901 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode); 3902 } 3903 } 3904 else if (opcode == E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN 3905 || opcode == E_ADD2IS_INSN 3906 || opcode == E_CMP16I_INSN 3907 || opcode == E_MULL2I_INSN 3908 || opcode == E_CMPL16I_INSN 3909 || opcode == E_CMPH16I_INSN 3910 || opcode == E_CMPHL16I_INSN) 3911 { 3912 if (split16_format != split16d_type) 3913 { 3914 if (fixup) 3915 split16_format = split16d_type; 3916 else 3917 _bfd_error_handler 3918 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3919 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"), 3920 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode); 3921 } 3922 } 3923 if (split16_format == split16a_type) 3924 { 3925 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff); 3926 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5; 3927 if ((insn & E_LI_MASK) == E_LI_INSN) 3928 { 3929 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */ 3930 insn &= ~(0xf0000 >> 5); 3931 insn |= (-(value & 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5; 3932 } 3933 } 3934 else 3935 { 3936 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff); 3937 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 10; 3938 } 3939 insn |= value & 0x7ff; 3940 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, loc); 3941} 3942 3943static void 3944ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_byte *loc, bfd_vma value) 3945{ 3946 unsigned int insn; 3947 3948 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc); 3949 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */ 3950 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */ 3951 insn |= (value & 0xf0000) >> 5; 3952 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */ 3953 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5; 3954 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */ 3955 insn |= value & 0x7ff; 3956 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, loc); 3957} 3958 3959 3960/* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately. 3961 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */ 3962int 3963ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 3964 struct bfd_link_info *info) 3965{ 3966 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 3967 flagword flags; 3968 3969 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 3970 3971 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET) 3972 { 3973 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 3974 3975 if (htab->params->plt_style == PLT_OLD) 3976 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; 3977 else if (bfd_link_pic (info) 3978 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 3979 && (h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "_mcount", 3980 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE)) != NULL 3981 && (h->type == STT_FUNC 3982 || h->needs_plt) 3983 && h->ref_regular 3984 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) 3985 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))) 3986 { 3987 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with 3988 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a 3989 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs 3990 r30 to be set up. */ 3991 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; 3992 } 3993 else 3994 { 3995 bfd *ibfd; 3996 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type = htab->params->plt_style; 3997 3998 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs. 3999 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls 4000 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given 4001 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */ 4002 if (plt_type == PLT_UNSET) 4003 plt_type = PLT_OLD; 4004 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 4005 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd)) 4006 { 4007 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->has_rel16) 4008 plt_type = PLT_NEW; 4009 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->makes_plt_call) 4010 { 4011 plt_type = PLT_OLD; 4012 htab->old_bfd = ibfd; 4013 break; 4014 } 4015 } 4016 htab->plt_type = plt_type; 4017 } 4018 } 4019 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD && htab->params->plt_style == PLT_NEW) 4020 { 4021 if (htab->old_bfd != NULL) 4022 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab->old_bfd); 4023 else 4024 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling")); 4025 } 4026 4027 BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS); 4028 4029 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW) 4030 { 4031 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 4032 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 4033 4034 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */ 4035 if (htab->elf.splt != NULL 4036 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.splt, flags)) 4037 return -1; 4038 4039 /* The new GOT is not executable. */ 4040 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL 4041 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags)) 4042 return -1; 4043 } 4044 else 4045 { 4046 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */ 4047 if (htab->glink != NULL 4048 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->glink, 0)) 4049 return -1; 4050 } 4051 return htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW; 4052} 4053 4054/* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given 4055 relocation. */ 4056 4057static asection * 4058ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec, 4059 struct bfd_link_info *info, 4060 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, 4061 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 4062 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) 4063{ 4064 if (h != NULL) 4065 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) 4066 { 4067 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT: 4068 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY: 4069 return NULL; 4070 } 4071 4072 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym); 4073} 4074 4075static bfd_boolean 4076get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry **hp, 4077 Elf_Internal_Sym **symp, 4078 asection **symsecp, 4079 unsigned char **tls_maskp, 4080 Elf_Internal_Sym **locsymsp, 4081 unsigned long r_symndx, 4082 bfd *ibfd) 4083{ 4084 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 4085 4086 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) 4087 { 4088 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd); 4089 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 4090 4091 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 4092 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 4093 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 4094 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 4095 4096 if (hp != NULL) 4097 *hp = h; 4098 4099 if (symp != NULL) 4100 *symp = NULL; 4101 4102 if (symsecp != NULL) 4103 { 4104 asection *symsec = NULL; 4105 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 4106 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) 4107 symsec = h->root.u.def.section; 4108 *symsecp = symsec; 4109 } 4110 4111 if (tls_maskp != NULL) 4112 *tls_maskp = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask; 4113 } 4114 else 4115 { 4116 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; 4117 Elf_Internal_Sym *locsyms = *locsymsp; 4118 4119 if (locsyms == NULL) 4120 { 4121 locsyms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents; 4122 if (locsyms == NULL) 4123 locsyms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd, symtab_hdr, 4124 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 4125 0, NULL, NULL, NULL); 4126 if (locsyms == NULL) 4127 return FALSE; 4128 *locsymsp = locsyms; 4129 } 4130 sym = locsyms + r_symndx; 4131 4132 if (hp != NULL) 4133 *hp = NULL; 4134 4135 if (symp != NULL) 4136 *symp = sym; 4137 4138 if (symsecp != NULL) 4139 *symsecp = bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd, sym->st_shndx); 4140 4141 if (tls_maskp != NULL) 4142 { 4143 bfd_signed_vma *local_got; 4144 unsigned char *tls_mask; 4145 4146 tls_mask = NULL; 4147 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd); 4148 if (local_got != NULL) 4149 { 4150 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) 4151 (local_got + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 4152 unsigned char *lgot_masks = (unsigned char *) 4153 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 4154 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx]; 4155 } 4156 *tls_maskp = tls_mask; 4157 } 4158 } 4159 return TRUE; 4160} 4161 4162/* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally 4163 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */ 4164 4165bfd_boolean 4166ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info *info) 4167{ 4168 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 4169 bfd *ibfd; 4170 asection *sec; 4171 bfd_vma low_vma, high_vma, limit; 4172 4173 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 4174 if (htab == NULL) 4175 return FALSE; 4176 4177 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is 4178 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added 4179 between the call and its destination. */ 4180 limit = 0x1e00000; 4181 low_vma = -1; 4182 high_vma = 0; 4183 for (sec = info->output_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) 4184 if ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE)) 4185 { 4186 if (low_vma > sec->vma) 4187 low_vma = sec->vma; 4188 if (high_vma < sec->vma + sec->size) 4189 high_vma = sec->vma + sec->size; 4190 } 4191 4192 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can 4193 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol 4194 is local. */ 4195 if (high_vma - low_vma < limit) 4196 { 4197 htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt = 1; 4198 return TRUE; 4199 } 4200 4201 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct 4202 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable 4203 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that 4204 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this 4205 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a 4206 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The 4207 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the 4208 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a 4209 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct 4210 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in 4211 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs 4212 together except their symbol. */ 4213 4214 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 4215 { 4216 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 4217 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms; 4218 4219 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd)) 4220 continue; 4221 4222 local_syms = NULL; 4223 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 4224 4225 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) 4226 if (sec->has_pltcall 4227 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section)) 4228 { 4229 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend; 4230 4231 /* Read the relocations. */ 4232 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL, 4233 info->keep_memory); 4234 if (relstart == NULL) 4235 return FALSE; 4236 4237 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count; 4238 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++) 4239 { 4240 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 4241 unsigned long r_symndx; 4242 asection *sym_sec; 4243 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 4244 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; 4245 unsigned char *tls_maskp; 4246 4247 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); 4248 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTCALL) 4249 continue; 4250 4251 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 4252 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, &tls_maskp, &local_syms, 4253 r_symndx, ibfd)) 4254 { 4255 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) 4256 free (relstart); 4257 if (local_syms != NULL 4258 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) 4259 free (local_syms); 4260 return FALSE; 4261 } 4262 4263 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL) 4264 { 4265 bfd_vma from, to; 4266 if (h != NULL) 4267 to = h->root.u.def.value; 4268 else 4269 to = sym->st_value; 4270 to += (rel->r_addend 4271 + sym_sec->output_offset 4272 + sym_sec->output_section->vma); 4273 from = (rel->r_offset 4274 + sec->output_offset 4275 + sec->output_section->vma); 4276 if (to - from + limit < 2 * limit) 4277 *tls_maskp &= ~PLT_KEEP; 4278 } 4279 } 4280 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) 4281 free (relstart); 4282 } 4283 4284 if (local_syms != NULL 4285 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) 4286 { 4287 if (!info->keep_memory) 4288 free (local_syms); 4289 else 4290 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms; 4291 } 4292 } 4293 4294 return TRUE; 4295} 4296 4297/* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the 4298 generic ELF tls_setup function. */ 4299 4300asection * 4301ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 4302{ 4303 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 4304 4305 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 4306 htab->tls_get_addr = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr", 4307 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); 4308 if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW) 4309 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = TRUE; 4310 4311 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt) 4312 { 4313 struct elf_link_hash_entry *opt, *tga; 4314 opt = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr_opt", 4315 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); 4316 if (opt != NULL 4317 && (opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 4318 || opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)) 4319 { 4320 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub, 4321 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll 4322 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then 4323 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */ 4324 tga = htab->tls_get_addr; 4325 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 4326 && tga != NULL 4327 && (tga->type == STT_FUNC 4328 || tga->needs_plt) 4329 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, tga) 4330 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, tga))) 4331 { 4332 struct plt_entry *ent; 4333 for (ent = tga->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 4334 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) 4335 break; 4336 if (ent != NULL) 4337 { 4338 tga->root.type = bfd_link_hash_indirect; 4339 tga->root.u.i.link = &opt->root; 4340 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info, opt, tga); 4341 opt->mark = 1; 4342 if (opt->dynindx != -1) 4343 { 4344 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */ 4345 opt->dynindx = -1; 4346 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr, 4347 opt->dynstr_index); 4348 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, opt)) 4349 return FALSE; 4350 } 4351 htab->tls_get_addr = opt; 4352 } 4353 } 4354 } 4355 else 4356 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = TRUE; 4357 } 4358 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW 4359 && htab->elf.splt != NULL 4360 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != NULL) 4361 { 4362 elf_section_type (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHT_PROGBITS; 4363 elf_section_flags (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE; 4364 } 4365 4366 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd, info); 4367} 4368 4369/* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching 4370 HASH. */ 4371 4372static bfd_boolean 4373branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd *ibfd, 4374 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, 4375 const struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash) 4376{ 4377 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 4378 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); 4379 unsigned int r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 4380 4381 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info && is_branch_reloc (r_type)) 4382 { 4383 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd); 4384 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 4385 4386 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 4387 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 4388 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 4389 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 4390 if (h == hash) 4391 return TRUE; 4392 } 4393 return FALSE; 4394} 4395 4396/* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization 4397 opportunities. */ 4398 4399bfd_boolean 4400ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 4401 struct bfd_link_info *info) 4402{ 4403 bfd *ibfd; 4404 asection *sec; 4405 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 4406 int pass; 4407 4408 if (!bfd_link_executable (info)) 4409 return TRUE; 4410 4411 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 4412 if (htab == NULL) 4413 return FALSE; 4414 4415 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls 4416 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed 4417 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls 4418 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to 4419 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and 4420 adjust got and plt refcounts. */ 4421 for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass) 4422 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 4423 { 4424 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 4425 asection *got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, ".got2"); 4426 4427 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) 4428 if (sec->has_tls_reloc && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section)) 4429 { 4430 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend; 4431 int expecting_tls_get_addr = 0; 4432 4433 /* Read the relocations. */ 4434 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL, 4435 info->keep_memory); 4436 if (relstart == NULL) 4437 return FALSE; 4438 4439 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count; 4440 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++) 4441 { 4442 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 4443 unsigned long r_symndx; 4444 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL; 4445 unsigned char *tls_mask; 4446 unsigned char tls_set, tls_clear; 4447 bfd_boolean is_local; 4448 bfd_signed_vma *got_count; 4449 4450 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 4451 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) 4452 { 4453 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; 4454 4455 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd); 4456 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 4457 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 4458 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 4459 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 4460 } 4461 4462 is_local = SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h); 4463 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); 4464 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls 4465 without marker relocs, then check that each 4466 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc 4467 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg 4468 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup 4469 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */ 4470 if (pass == 0 4471 && sec->nomark_tls_get_addr 4472 && h != NULL 4473 && h == htab->tls_get_addr 4474 && !expecting_tls_get_addr 4475 && is_branch_reloc (r_type)) 4476 { 4477 info->callbacks->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, " 4478 "TLS optimization disabled\n", 4479 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset); 4480 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) 4481 free (relstart); 4482 return TRUE; 4483 } 4484 4485 expecting_tls_get_addr = 0; 4486 switch (r_type) 4487 { 4488 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: 4489 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: 4490 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1; 4491 /* Fall through. */ 4492 4493 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: 4494 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: 4495 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol 4496 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if 4497 that turns out to be the case. */ 4498 if (!is_local) 4499 continue; 4500 4501 /* LD -> LE */ 4502 tls_set = 0; 4503 tls_clear = TLS_LD; 4504 break; 4505 4506 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: 4507 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: 4508 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1; 4509 /* Fall through. */ 4510 4511 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: 4512 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: 4513 if (is_local) 4514 /* GD -> LE */ 4515 tls_set = 0; 4516 else 4517 /* GD -> IE */ 4518 tls_set = TLS_TLS | TLS_GDIE; 4519 tls_clear = TLS_GD; 4520 break; 4521 4522 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: 4523 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: 4524 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: 4525 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: 4526 if (is_local) 4527 { 4528 /* IE -> LE */ 4529 tls_set = 0; 4530 tls_clear = TLS_TPREL; 4531 break; 4532 } 4533 else 4534 continue; 4535 4536 case R_PPC_TLSLD: 4537 if (!is_local) 4538 continue; 4539 /* Fall through. */ 4540 case R_PPC_TLSGD: 4541 if (rel + 1 < relend 4542 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info))) 4543 { 4544 if (pass != 0 4545 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ) 4546 { 4547 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info); 4548 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel[1].r_info); 4549 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) 4550 { 4551 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; 4552 4553 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd); 4554 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 4555 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 4556 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 4557 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 4558 if (h != NULL) 4559 { 4560 struct plt_entry *ent = NULL; 4561 bfd_vma addend = 0; 4562 4563 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 4564 addend = rel->r_addend; 4565 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, 4566 got2, addend); 4567 if (ent != NULL 4568 && ent->plt.refcount > 0) 4569 ent->plt.refcount -= 1; 4570 } 4571 } 4572 } 4573 continue; 4574 } 4575 expecting_tls_get_addr = 2; 4576 tls_set = 0; 4577 tls_clear = 0; 4578 break; 4579 4580 default: 4581 continue; 4582 } 4583 4584 if (pass == 0) 4585 { 4586 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr 4587 || !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr) 4588 continue; 4589 4590 if (rel + 1 < relend 4591 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd, rel + 1, 4592 htab->tls_get_addr)) 4593 continue; 4594 4595 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We 4596 could just mark this symbol to exclude it 4597 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip 4598 the entire optimization. */ 4599 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, " 4600 "TLS optimization disabled\n"), 4601 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset); 4602 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) 4603 free (relstart); 4604 return TRUE; 4605 } 4606 4607 if (h != NULL) 4608 { 4609 tls_mask = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask; 4610 got_count = &h->got.refcount; 4611 } 4612 else 4613 { 4614 bfd_signed_vma *lgot_refs; 4615 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 4616 unsigned char *lgot_masks; 4617 4618 lgot_refs = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd); 4619 if (lgot_refs == NULL) 4620 abort (); 4621 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) 4622 (lgot_refs + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 4623 lgot_masks = (unsigned char *) 4624 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 4625 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx]; 4626 got_count = &lgot_refs[r_symndx]; 4627 } 4628 4629 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls 4630 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't 4631 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a 4632 marker for this symbol, then we either have a 4633 broken object file or an -mlongcall style 4634 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker. 4635 Disable optimization in this case. */ 4636 if ((tls_clear & (TLS_GD | TLS_LD)) != 0 4637 && !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr 4638 && ((*tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK)) 4639 != (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))) 4640 continue; 4641 4642 if (expecting_tls_get_addr == 1 + !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr) 4643 { 4644 struct plt_entry *ent; 4645 bfd_vma addend = 0; 4646 4647 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 4648 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTREL24 4649 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTCALL)) 4650 addend = rel[1].r_addend; 4651 ent = find_plt_ent (&htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist, 4652 got2, addend); 4653 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.refcount > 0) 4654 ent->plt.refcount -= 1; 4655 } 4656 if (tls_clear == 0) 4657 continue; 4658 4659 if (tls_set == 0) 4660 { 4661 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */ 4662 if (*got_count > 0) 4663 *got_count -= 1; 4664 } 4665 4666 *tls_mask |= tls_set; 4667 *tls_mask &= ~tls_clear; 4668 } 4669 4670 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) 4671 free (relstart); 4672 } 4673 } 4674 htab->do_tls_opt = 1; 4675 return TRUE; 4676} 4677 4678/* Find dynamic relocs for H that apply to read-only sections. */ 4679 4680static asection * 4681readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 4682{ 4683 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; 4684 4685 for (p = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) 4686 { 4687 asection *s = p->sec->output_section; 4688 4689 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) 4690 return p->sec; 4691 } 4692 return NULL; 4693} 4694 4695/* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak 4696 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after 4697 size_dynamic_sections. */ 4698 4699static bfd_boolean 4700alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 4701{ 4702 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h); 4703 do 4704 { 4705 if (readonly_dynrelocs (&eh->elf)) 4706 return TRUE; 4707 eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh->elf.u.alias); 4708 } while (eh != NULL && &eh->elf != h); 4709 4710 return FALSE; 4711} 4712 4713/* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */ 4714 4715static bfd_boolean 4716pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 4717{ 4718 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; 4719 4720 for (p = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) 4721 if (p->pc_count != 0) 4722 return TRUE; 4723 return FALSE; 4724} 4725 4726/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a 4727 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the 4728 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to 4729 change the definition to something the rest of the link can 4730 understand. */ 4731 4732static bfd_boolean 4733ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, 4734 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 4735{ 4736 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 4737 asection *s; 4738 4739#ifdef DEBUG 4740 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n", 4741 h->root.root.string); 4742#endif 4743 4744 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */ 4745 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 4746 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL 4747 && (h->needs_plt 4748 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC 4749 || h->is_weakalias 4750 || (h->def_dynamic 4751 && h->ref_regular 4752 && !h->def_regular))); 4753 4754 /* Deal with function syms. */ 4755 if (h->type == STT_FUNC 4756 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC 4757 || h->needs_plt) 4758 { 4759 bfd_boolean local = (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) 4760 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)); 4761 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a 4762 function symbol is local. */ 4763 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && local) 4764 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs = NULL; 4765 4766 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that 4767 won't need a .plt entry. */ 4768 struct plt_entry *ent; 4769 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 4770 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) 4771 break; 4772 if (ent == NULL 4773 || (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC 4774 && local 4775 && (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt 4776 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask 4777 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP))) 4778 { 4779 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when: 4780 4781 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry 4782 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case, 4783 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called. 4784 4785 2. GC has rendered the entry unused. 4786 4787 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol 4788 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */ 4789 h->plt.plist = NULL; 4790 h->needs_plt = 0; 4791 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0; 4792 } 4793 else 4794 { 4795 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section 4796 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the 4797 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can 4798 be used instead, giving better runtime performance. 4799 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce 4800 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic 4801 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the 4802 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather 4803 than link time. */ 4804 if ((h->pointer_equality_needed 4805 || (h->non_got_ref 4806 && !h->ref_regular_nonweak 4807 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))) 4808 && !htab->is_vxworks 4809 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs 4810 && !readonly_dynrelocs (h)) 4811 { 4812 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0; 4813 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol 4814 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */ 4815 if (!h->needs_plt && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC) 4816 h->plt.plist = NULL; 4817 } 4818 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) 4819 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the 4820 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */ 4821 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs = NULL; 4822 } 4823 h->protected_def = 0; 4824 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */ 4825 return TRUE; 4826 } 4827 else 4828 h->plt.plist = NULL; 4829 4830 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the 4831 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the 4832 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */ 4833 if (h->is_weakalias) 4834 { 4835 struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h); 4836 BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined); 4837 h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section; 4838 h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value; 4839 if (def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynbss 4840 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro 4841 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->dynsbss) 4842 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs = NULL; 4843 return TRUE; 4844 } 4845 4846 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which 4847 is not a function. */ 4848 4849 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the 4850 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table. 4851 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will 4852 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */ 4853 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 4854 { 4855 h->protected_def = 0; 4856 return TRUE; 4857 } 4858 4859 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the 4860 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */ 4861 if (!h->non_got_ref) 4862 { 4863 h->protected_def = 0; 4864 return TRUE; 4865 } 4866 4867 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in 4868 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected 4869 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations 4870 are preferable to an incorrect program. */ 4871 if (h->protected_def) 4872 { 4873 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 4874 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha 4875 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo 4876 && htab->params->pic_fixup == 0 4877 && info->disable_target_specific_optimizations <= 1) 4878 htab->params->pic_fixup = 1; 4879 return TRUE; 4880 } 4881 4882 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */ 4883 if (info->nocopyreloc) 4884 return TRUE; 4885 4886 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then 4887 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc. 4888 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This 4889 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic 4890 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an 4891 executable. */ 4892 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 4893 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs 4894 && !htab->is_vxworks 4895 && !h->def_regular 4896 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h)) 4897 return TRUE; 4898 4899 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will 4900 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be 4901 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic 4902 object will contain position independent code, so all references 4903 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global 4904 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to 4905 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so 4906 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the 4907 same memory location for the variable. 4908 4909 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we 4910 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */ 4911 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs) 4912 s = htab->dynsbss; 4913 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) 4914 s = htab->elf.sdynrelro; 4915 else 4916 s = htab->elf.sdynbss; 4917 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 4918 4919 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0) 4920 { 4921 asection *srel; 4922 4923 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic 4924 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object 4925 and into the runtime process image. */ 4926 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs) 4927 srel = htab->relsbss; 4928 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) 4929 srel = htab->elf.sreldynrelro; 4930 else 4931 srel = htab->elf.srelbss; 4932 BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL); 4933 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 4934 h->needs_copy = 1; 4935 } 4936 4937 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */ 4938 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs = NULL; 4939 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s); 4940} 4941 4942/* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is 4943 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0, 4944 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym 4945 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC 4946 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */ 4947 4948static bfd_boolean 4949add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry *ent, 4950 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 4951 struct bfd_link_info *info) 4952{ 4953 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh; 4954 size_t len1, len2, len3; 4955 char *name; 4956 const char *stub; 4957 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 4958 4959 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 4960 stub = ".plt_pic32."; 4961 else 4962 stub = ".plt_call32."; 4963 4964 len1 = strlen (h->root.root.string); 4965 len2 = strlen (stub); 4966 len3 = 0; 4967 if (ent->sec) 4968 len3 = strlen (ent->sec->name); 4969 name = bfd_malloc (len1 + len2 + len3 + 9); 4970 if (name == NULL) 4971 return FALSE; 4972 sprintf (name, "%08x", (unsigned) ent->addend & 0xffffffff); 4973 if (ent->sec) 4974 memcpy (name + 8, ent->sec->name, len3); 4975 memcpy (name + 8 + len3, stub, len2); 4976 memcpy (name + 8 + len3 + len2, h->root.root.string, len1 + 1); 4977 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, name, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE); 4978 if (sh == NULL) 4979 return FALSE; 4980 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) 4981 { 4982 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; 4983 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink; 4984 sh->root.u.def.value = ent->glink_offset; 4985 sh->ref_regular = 1; 4986 sh->def_regular = 1; 4987 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1; 4988 sh->forced_local = 1; 4989 sh->non_elf = 0; 4990 sh->root.linker_def = 1; 4991 } 4992 return TRUE; 4993} 4994 4995/* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset. 4996 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */ 4997 4998static bfd_vma 4999allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab, unsigned int need) 5000{ 5001 bfd_vma where; 5002 unsigned int max_before_header; 5003 5004 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS) 5005 { 5006 where = htab->elf.sgot->size; 5007 htab->elf.sgot->size += need; 5008 } 5009 else 5010 { 5011 max_before_header = htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW ? 32768 : 32764; 5012 if (need <= htab->got_gap) 5013 { 5014 where = max_before_header - htab->got_gap; 5015 htab->got_gap -= need; 5016 } 5017 else 5018 { 5019 if (htab->elf.sgot->size + need > max_before_header 5020 && htab->elf.sgot->size <= max_before_header) 5021 { 5022 htab->got_gap = max_before_header - htab->elf.sgot->size; 5023 htab->elf.sgot->size = max_before_header + htab->got_header_size; 5024 } 5025 where = htab->elf.sgot->size; 5026 htab->elf.sgot->size += need; 5027 } 5028 } 5029 return where; 5030} 5031 5032/* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK. 5033 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */ 5034 5035static inline unsigned int 5036got_entries_needed (int tls_mask) 5037{ 5038 unsigned int need; 5039 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) == 0) 5040 need = 4; 5041 else 5042 { 5043 need = 0; 5044 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0) 5045 need += 8; 5046 if ((tls_mask & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0) 5047 need += 4; 5048 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0) 5049 need += 4; 5050 } 5051 return need; 5052} 5053 5054/* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */ 5055 5056static bfd_boolean 5057ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info *info, 5058 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 5059{ 5060 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info); 5061 5062 if (htab->dynamic_sections_created 5063 && ((info->dynamic_undefined_weak != 0 5064 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) 5065 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined) 5066 && h->dynindx == -1 5067 && !h->forced_local 5068 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT) 5069 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h); 5070 return TRUE; 5071} 5072 5073/* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */ 5074 5075static bfd_boolean 5076allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) 5077{ 5078 struct bfd_link_info *info = inf; 5079 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh; 5080 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 5081 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; 5082 bfd_boolean dyn; 5083 5084 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) 5085 return TRUE; 5086 5087 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 5088 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 5089 if (eh->elf.got.refcount > 0 5090 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 5091 && !eh->elf.def_regular 5092 && eh->elf.protected_def 5093 && eh->has_addr16_ha 5094 && eh->has_addr16_lo 5095 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)) 5096 { 5097 unsigned int need; 5098 5099 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */ 5100 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, &eh->elf)) 5101 return FALSE; 5102 5103 need = 0; 5104 if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) 5105 { 5106 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf)) 5107 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should 5108 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have 5109 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */ 5110 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1; 5111 else 5112 need += 8; 5113 } 5114 need += got_entries_needed (eh->tls_mask); 5115 if (need == 0) 5116 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5117 else 5118 { 5119 eh->elf.got.offset = allocate_got (htab, need); 5120 if (((bfd_link_pic (info) 5121 && !((eh->tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 5122 && bfd_link_executable (info) 5123 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf))) 5124 || (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 5125 && eh->elf.dynindx != -1 5126 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf))) 5127 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, &eh->elf)) 5128 { 5129 asection *rsec; 5130 5131 need *= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4; 5132 if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) 5133 need -= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5134 rsec = htab->elf.srelgot; 5135 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 5136 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt; 5137 rsec->size += need; 5138 } 5139 } 5140 } 5141 else 5142 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5143 5144 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for 5145 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */ 5146 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 5147 && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC) 5148 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; 5149 5150 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */ 5151 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined 5152 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT) 5153 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; 5154 5155 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default 5156 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */ 5157 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)) 5158 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; 5159 5160 if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL) 5161 ; 5162 5163 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for 5164 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be 5165 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard 5166 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility 5167 changes. */ 5168 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 5169 { 5170 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn, 5171 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be 5172 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to 5173 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt. 5174 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected 5175 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */ 5176 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)) 5177 { 5178 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; 5179 5180 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) 5181 { 5182 p->count -= p->pc_count; 5183 p->pc_count = 0; 5184 if (p->count == 0) 5185 *pp = p->next; 5186 else 5187 pp = &p->next; 5188 } 5189 } 5190 5191 if (htab->is_vxworks) 5192 { 5193 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; 5194 5195 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) 5196 { 5197 if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0) 5198 *pp = p->next; 5199 else 5200 pp = &p->next; 5201 } 5202 } 5203 5204 if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL) 5205 { 5206 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */ 5207 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h)) 5208 return FALSE; 5209 } 5210 } 5211 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS) 5212 { 5213 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against 5214 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not 5215 dynamic. */ 5216 if (h->dynamic_adjusted 5217 && !h->def_regular 5218 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h) 5219 && !(h->protected_def 5220 && eh->has_addr16_ha 5221 && eh->has_addr16_lo 5222 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)) 5223 { 5224 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */ 5225 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h)) 5226 return FALSE; 5227 5228 if (h->dynindx == -1) 5229 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; 5230 } 5231 else 5232 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; 5233 } 5234 5235 /* Allocate space. */ 5236 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) 5237 { 5238 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc; 5239 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 5240 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt; 5241 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5242 } 5243 5244 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled. 5245 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol 5246 a) is dynamic, or 5247 b) is an ifunc, or 5248 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or 5249 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */ 5250 dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created && h->dynindx != -1; 5251 if (dyn 5252 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC 5253 || (h->needs_plt && h->dynamic_adjusted) 5254 || (h->needs_plt 5255 && h->def_regular 5256 && !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 5257 && !htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt 5258 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask 5259 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) == PLT_KEEP)) 5260 { 5261 struct plt_entry *ent; 5262 bfd_boolean doneone = FALSE; 5263 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5264 5265 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 5266 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) 5267 { 5268 asection *s = htab->elf.splt; 5269 5270 if (!dyn) 5271 { 5272 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 5273 s = htab->elf.iplt; 5274 else 5275 s = htab->pltlocal; 5276 } 5277 5278 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn) 5279 { 5280 if (!doneone) 5281 { 5282 plt_offset = s->size; 5283 s->size += 4; 5284 } 5285 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset; 5286 5287 if (s == htab->pltlocal) 5288 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset; 5289 else 5290 { 5291 s = htab->glink; 5292 if (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info)) 5293 { 5294 glink_offset = s->size; 5295 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h); 5296 } 5297 if (!doneone 5298 && !bfd_link_pic (info) 5299 && h->def_dynamic 5300 && !h->def_regular) 5301 { 5302 h->root.u.def.section = s; 5303 h->root.u.def.value = glink_offset; 5304 } 5305 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset; 5306 5307 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms 5308 && !add_stub_sym (ent, h, info)) 5309 return FALSE; 5310 } 5311 } 5312 else 5313 { 5314 if (!doneone) 5315 { 5316 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room 5317 for the special first entry. */ 5318 if (s->size == 0) 5319 s->size += htab->plt_initial_entry_size; 5320 5321 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two 5322 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load 5323 and a jump), and then there is a remaining 5324 word available at the end. */ 5325 plt_offset = (htab->plt_initial_entry_size 5326 + (htab->plt_slot_size 5327 * ((s->size 5328 - htab->plt_initial_entry_size) 5329 / htab->plt_entry_size))); 5330 5331 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular 5332 file, and we are not generating a shared 5333 library, then set the symbol to this location 5334 in the .plt. This is to avoid text 5335 relocations, and is required to make 5336 function pointers compare as equal between 5337 the normal executable and the shared library. */ 5338 if (! bfd_link_pic (info) 5339 && h->def_dynamic 5340 && !h->def_regular) 5341 { 5342 h->root.u.def.section = s; 5343 h->root.u.def.value = plt_offset; 5344 } 5345 5346 /* Make room for this entry. */ 5347 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size; 5348 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries 5349 is allocated. */ 5350 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD 5351 && (s->size - htab->plt_initial_entry_size) 5352 / htab->plt_entry_size 5353 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES) 5354 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size; 5355 } 5356 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset; 5357 } 5358 5359 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */ 5360 if (!doneone) 5361 { 5362 if (!dyn) 5363 { 5364 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 5365 { 5366 s = htab->elf.irelplt; 5367 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5368 } 5369 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 5370 { 5371 s = htab->relpltlocal; 5372 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5373 } 5374 } 5375 else 5376 { 5377 htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5378 5379 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS) 5380 { 5381 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */ 5382 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) 5383 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 5384 { 5385 if (ent->plt.offset 5386 == (bfd_vma) htab->plt_initial_entry_size) 5387 { 5388 htab->srelplt2->size 5389 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) 5390 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS); 5391 } 5392 5393 htab->srelplt2->size 5394 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) 5395 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS); 5396 } 5397 5398 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in 5399 .got.plt. */ 5400 htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 4; 5401 } 5402 } 5403 doneone = TRUE; 5404 } 5405 } 5406 else 5407 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5408 5409 if (!doneone) 5410 { 5411 h->plt.plist = NULL; 5412 h->needs_plt = 0; 5413 } 5414 } 5415 else 5416 { 5417 h->plt.plist = NULL; 5418 h->needs_plt = 0; 5419 } 5420 5421 return TRUE; 5422} 5423 5424/* Set DF_TEXTREL if we find any dynamic relocs that apply to 5425 read-only sections. */ 5426 5427static bfd_boolean 5428maybe_set_textrel (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *info_p) 5429{ 5430 asection *sec; 5431 5432 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) 5433 return TRUE; 5434 5435 sec = readonly_dynrelocs (h); 5436 if (sec != NULL) 5437 { 5438 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) info_p; 5439 5440 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; 5441 /* xgettext:c-format */ 5442 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation against `%pT' " 5443 "in read-only section `%pA'\n"), 5444 sec->owner, h->root.root.string, sec); 5445 if ((info->warn_shared_textrel && bfd_link_pic (info)) 5446 || info->error_textrel) 5447 /* xgettext:c-format */ 5448 info->callbacks->einfo (_("%P: %pB: warning: relocation against `%s' " 5449 "in read-only section `%pA'\n"), 5450 sec->owner, h->root.root.string, sec); 5451 5452 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */ 5453 return FALSE; 5454 } 5455 return TRUE; 5456} 5457 5458static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie[] = 5459{ 5460 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */ 5461 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */ 5462 1, /* CIE version. */ 5463 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */ 5464 4, /* Code alignment. */ 5465 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */ 5466 65, /* RA reg. */ 5467 1, /* Augmentation size. */ 5468 DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding. */ 5469 DW_CFA_def_cfa, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */ 5470}; 5471 5472/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */ 5473 5474static bfd_boolean 5475ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, 5476 struct bfd_link_info *info) 5477{ 5478 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 5479 asection *s; 5480 bfd_boolean relocs; 5481 bfd *ibfd; 5482 5483#ifdef DEBUG 5484 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n"); 5485#endif 5486 5487 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 5488 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL); 5489 5490 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) 5491 { 5492 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */ 5493 if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp) 5494 { 5495 s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->elf.dynobj, ".interp"); 5496 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 5497 s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER; 5498 s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER; 5499 } 5500 } 5501 5502 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD) 5503 htab->got_header_size = 16; 5504 else if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW) 5505 htab->got_header_size = 12; 5506 5507 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic 5508 relocs. */ 5509 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 5510 { 5511 bfd_signed_vma *local_got; 5512 bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got; 5513 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 5514 struct plt_entry **end_local_plt; 5515 char *lgot_masks; 5516 bfd_size_type locsymcount; 5517 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 5518 5519 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd)) 5520 continue; 5521 5522 for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 5523 { 5524 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p; 5525 5526 for (p = ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs *) 5527 elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel); 5528 p != NULL; 5529 p = p->next) 5530 { 5531 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec) 5532 && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section)) 5533 { 5534 /* Input section has been discarded, either because 5535 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to 5536 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding 5537 the relocs too. */ 5538 } 5539 else if (htab->is_vxworks 5540 && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, 5541 ".tls_vars") == 0) 5542 { 5543 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are 5544 handled specially by the loader. */ 5545 } 5546 else if (p->count != 0) 5547 { 5548 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc; 5549 if (p->ifunc) 5550 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt; 5551 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5552 if ((p->sec->output_section->flags 5553 & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC)) 5554 == (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC)) 5555 { 5556 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; 5557 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"), 5558 p->sec->owner, p->sec); 5559 } 5560 } 5561 } 5562 } 5563 5564 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd); 5565 if (!local_got) 5566 continue; 5567 5568 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 5569 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; 5570 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount; 5571 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got; 5572 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount; 5573 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt; 5574 5575 for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got, ++lgot_masks) 5576 if (*local_got > 0) 5577 { 5578 unsigned int need; 5579 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) 5580 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1; 5581 need = got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks); 5582 if (need == 0) 5583 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1; 5584 else 5585 { 5586 *local_got = allocate_got (htab, need); 5587 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 5588 && !((*lgot_masks & TLS_TLS) != 0 5589 && bfd_link_executable (info))) 5590 { 5591 asection *srel; 5592 5593 need *= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4; 5594 srel = htab->elf.srelgot; 5595 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC) 5596 srel = htab->elf.irelplt; 5597 srel->size += need; 5598 } 5599 } 5600 } 5601 else 5602 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1; 5603 5604 if (htab->is_vxworks) 5605 continue; 5606 5607 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */ 5608 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt; 5609 for (; local_plt < end_local_plt; ++local_plt, ++lgot_masks) 5610 { 5611 struct plt_entry *ent; 5612 bfd_boolean doneone = FALSE; 5613 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5614 5615 for (ent = *local_plt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 5616 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) 5617 { 5618 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC) 5619 s = htab->elf.iplt; 5620 else if (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt 5621 || (*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP) 5622 { 5623 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5624 continue; 5625 } 5626 else 5627 s = htab->pltlocal; 5628 5629 if (!doneone) 5630 { 5631 plt_offset = s->size; 5632 s->size += 4; 5633 } 5634 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset; 5635 5636 if (s != htab->pltlocal && (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info))) 5637 { 5638 s = htab->glink; 5639 glink_offset = s->size; 5640 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, NULL); 5641 } 5642 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset; 5643 5644 if (!doneone) 5645 { 5646 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC) 5647 { 5648 s = htab->elf.irelplt; 5649 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5650 } 5651 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 5652 { 5653 s = htab->relpltlocal; 5654 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5655 } 5656 doneone = TRUE; 5657 } 5658 } 5659 else 5660 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5661 } 5662 } 5663 5664 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */ 5665 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), allocate_dynrelocs, info); 5666 5667 if (htab->tlsld_got.refcount > 0) 5668 { 5669 htab->tlsld_got.offset = allocate_got (htab, 8); 5670 if (bfd_link_dll (info)) 5671 htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5672 } 5673 else 5674 htab->tlsld_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5675 5676 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL && htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS) 5677 { 5678 unsigned int g_o_t = 32768; 5679 5680 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here, 5681 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated), 5682 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the 5683 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */ 5684 if (htab->elf.sgot->size <= 32768) 5685 { 5686 g_o_t = htab->elf.sgot->size; 5687 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD) 5688 g_o_t += 4; 5689 htab->elf.sgot->size += htab->got_header_size; 5690 } 5691 5692 htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value = g_o_t; 5693 } 5694 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 5695 { 5696 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; 5697 5698 sda->root.u.def.section = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section; 5699 sda->root.u.def.value = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value; 5700 } 5701 if (info->emitrelocations) 5702 { 5703 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; 5704 5705 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular) 5706 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP; 5707 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym; 5708 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular) 5709 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP; 5710 } 5711 5712 if (htab->glink != NULL 5713 && htab->glink->size != 0 5714 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 5715 { 5716 htab->glink_pltresolve = htab->glink->size; 5717 /* Space for the branch table. */ 5718 htab->glink->size 5719 += htab->elf.srelplt->size / (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4) - 4; 5720 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */ 5721 htab->glink->size += -htab->glink->size & (htab->params->ppc476_workaround 5722 ? 63 : 15); 5723 htab->glink->size += GLINK_PLTRESOLVE; 5724 5725 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms) 5726 { 5727 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh; 5728 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink", 5729 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE); 5730 if (sh == NULL) 5731 return FALSE; 5732 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) 5733 { 5734 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; 5735 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink; 5736 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink_pltresolve; 5737 sh->ref_regular = 1; 5738 sh->def_regular = 1; 5739 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1; 5740 sh->forced_local = 1; 5741 sh->non_elf = 0; 5742 sh->root.linker_def = 1; 5743 } 5744 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink_PLTresolve", 5745 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE); 5746 if (sh == NULL) 5747 return FALSE; 5748 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) 5749 { 5750 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; 5751 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink; 5752 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE; 5753 sh->ref_regular = 1; 5754 sh->def_regular = 1; 5755 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1; 5756 sh->forced_local = 1; 5757 sh->non_elf = 0; 5758 sh->root.linker_def = 1; 5759 } 5760 } 5761 } 5762 5763 if (htab->glink != NULL 5764 && htab->glink->size != 0 5765 && htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL 5766 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section) 5767 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info)) 5768 { 5769 s = htab->glink_eh_frame; 5770 s->size = sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) + 20; 5771 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 5772 { 5773 s->size += 4; 5774 if (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8 >= 256) 5775 s->size += 4; 5776 } 5777 } 5778 5779 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. 5780 Allocate memory for them. */ 5781 relocs = FALSE; 5782 for (s = htab->elf.dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 5783 { 5784 bfd_boolean strip_section = TRUE; 5785 5786 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0) 5787 continue; 5788 5789 if (s == htab->elf.splt 5790 || s == htab->elf.sgot) 5791 { 5792 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if 5793 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them. 5794 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */ 5795 if (htab->elf.hplt != NULL) 5796 strip_section = FALSE; 5797 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the 5798 comment below. */ 5799 } 5800 else if (s == htab->elf.iplt 5801 || s == htab->pltlocal 5802 || s == htab->glink 5803 || s == htab->glink_eh_frame 5804 || s == htab->elf.sgotplt 5805 || s == htab->sbss 5806 || s == htab->elf.sdynbss 5807 || s == htab->elf.sdynrelro 5808 || s == htab->dynsbss) 5809 { 5810 /* Strip these too. */ 5811 } 5812 else if (s == htab->sdata[0].section 5813 || s == htab->sdata[1].section) 5814 { 5815 strip_section = (s->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0; 5816 } 5817 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (s), ".rela")) 5818 { 5819 if (s->size != 0) 5820 { 5821 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */ 5822 relocs = TRUE; 5823 5824 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need 5825 to copy relocs into the output file. */ 5826 s->reloc_count = 0; 5827 } 5828 } 5829 else 5830 { 5831 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */ 5832 continue; 5833 } 5834 5835 if (s->size == 0 && strip_section) 5836 { 5837 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the 5838 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and 5839 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in 5840 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created 5841 before the linker maps input sections to output 5842 sections. The linker does that before 5843 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that 5844 function which decides whether anything needs to go 5845 into these sections. */ 5846 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; 5847 continue; 5848 } 5849 5850 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) 5851 continue; 5852 5853 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */ 5854 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->elf.dynobj, s->size); 5855 if (s->contents == NULL) 5856 return FALSE; 5857 } 5858 5859 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 5860 { 5861 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the 5862 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we 5863 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for 5864 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the 5865 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */ 5866#define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \ 5867 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL) 5868 5869 if (bfd_link_executable (info)) 5870 { 5871 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0)) 5872 return FALSE; 5873 } 5874 5875 if (htab->elf.splt != NULL && htab->elf.splt->size != 0) 5876 { 5877 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0) 5878 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0) 5879 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA) 5880 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0)) 5881 return FALSE; 5882 } 5883 5884 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW 5885 && htab->glink != NULL 5886 && htab->glink->size != 0) 5887 { 5888 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT, 0)) 5889 return FALSE; 5890 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt 5891 && htab->tls_get_addr != NULL 5892 && htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist != NULL 5893 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT, PPC_OPT_TLS)) 5894 return FALSE; 5895 } 5896 5897 if (relocs) 5898 { 5899 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0) 5900 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0) 5901 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))) 5902 return FALSE; 5903 } 5904 5905 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section, then we 5906 need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */ 5907 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0) 5908 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), maybe_set_textrel, 5909 info); 5910 5911 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0) 5912 { 5913 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0)) 5914 return FALSE; 5915 } 5916 if (htab->is_vxworks 5917 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info)) 5918 return FALSE; 5919 } 5920#undef add_dynamic_entry 5921 5922 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL 5923 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL) 5924 { 5925 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents; 5926 bfd_vma val; 5927 5928 memcpy (p, glink_eh_frame_cie, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie)); 5929 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */ 5930 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) - 4, p); 5931 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie); 5932 /* FDE length. */ 5933 val = htab->glink_eh_frame->size - 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie); 5934 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p); 5935 p += 4; 5936 /* CIE pointer. */ 5937 val = p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents; 5938 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p); 5939 p += 4; 5940 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */ 5941 p += 4; 5942 /* .glink size. */ 5943 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->glink->size, p); 5944 p += 4; 5945 /* Augmentation. */ 5946 p += 1; 5947 5948 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 5949 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 5950 { 5951 bfd_vma adv = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8) >> 2; 5952 if (adv < 64) 5953 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + adv; 5954 else if (adv < 256) 5955 { 5956 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1; 5957 *p++ = adv; 5958 } 5959 else if (adv < 65536) 5960 { 5961 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2; 5962 bfd_put_16 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p); 5963 p += 2; 5964 } 5965 else 5966 { 5967 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4; 5968 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p); 5969 p += 4; 5970 } 5971 *p++ = DW_CFA_register; 5972 *p++ = 65; 5973 p++; 5974 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + 4; 5975 *p++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended; 5976 *p++ = 65; 5977 } 5978 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma) ((p + 3 - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents) & -4) 5979 == htab->glink_eh_frame->size); 5980 } 5981 5982 return TRUE; 5983} 5984 5985/* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output 5986 if it looks like nothing is using them. */ 5987 5988static void 5989maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd *output_bfd, elf_linker_section_t *lsect) 5990{ 5991 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = lsect->sym; 5992 5993 if (sda != NULL && !sda->ref_regular && sda->dynindx == -1) 5994 { 5995 asection *s; 5996 5997 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->name); 5998 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s)) 5999 { 6000 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->bss_name); 6001 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s)) 6002 { 6003 sda->def_regular = 0; 6004 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */ 6005 sda->ref_dynamic = 1; 6006 sda->forced_local = 0; 6007 } 6008 } 6009 } 6010} 6011 6012void 6013ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info *info) 6014{ 6015 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 6016 6017 if (htab != NULL) 6018 { 6019 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[0]); 6020 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[1]); 6021 } 6022} 6023 6024 6025/* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */ 6026 6027static bfd_boolean 6028ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 6029{ 6030 if (h->plt.plist != NULL 6031 && !h->def_regular 6032 && (!h->pointer_equality_needed 6033 || !h->ref_regular_nonweak)) 6034 return FALSE; 6035 6036 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h); 6037} 6038 6039#define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0])) 6040 6041/* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is 6042 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */ 6043static const int shared_stub_entry[] = 6044 { 6045 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */ 6046 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */ 6047 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */ 6048 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */ 6049 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */ 6050 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */ 6051 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */ 6052 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 6053 }; 6054 6055static const int stub_entry[] = 6056 { 6057 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */ 6058 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */ 6059 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */ 6060 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 6061 }; 6062 6063struct ppc_elf_relax_info 6064{ 6065 unsigned int workaround_size; 6066 unsigned int picfixup_size; 6067}; 6068 6069/* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476 6070 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch 6071 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can 6072 add trampolines at the end of the section. */ 6073 6074static bfd_boolean 6075ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, 6076 asection *isec, 6077 struct bfd_link_info *link_info, 6078 bfd_boolean *again) 6079{ 6080 struct one_branch_fixup 6081 { 6082 struct one_branch_fixup *next; 6083 asection *tsec; 6084 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a 6085 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */ 6086 bfd_vma toff; 6087 bfd_vma trampoff; 6088 }; 6089 6090 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 6091 bfd_byte *contents = NULL; 6092 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL; 6093 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL; 6094 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend = NULL; 6095 struct one_branch_fixup *branch_fixups = NULL; 6096 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL; 6097 unsigned changes = 0; 6098 bfd_boolean workaround_change; 6099 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 6100 bfd_size_type trampbase, trampoff, newsize, picfixup_size; 6101 asection *got2; 6102 bfd_boolean maybe_pasted; 6103 6104 *again = FALSE; 6105 6106 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */ 6107 if ((isec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 6108 || (isec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0 6109 || (isec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0 6110 || isec->size < 4) 6111 return TRUE; 6112 6113 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't 6114 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r 6115 anyway. */ 6116 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) && bfd_link_pic (link_info)) 6117 return TRUE; 6118 6119 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info); 6120 if (htab == NULL) 6121 return TRUE; 6122 6123 isec->size = (isec->size + 3) & -4; 6124 if (isec->rawsize == 0) 6125 isec->rawsize = isec->size; 6126 trampbase = isec->size; 6127 6128 BFD_ASSERT (isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE 6129 || isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET); 6130 isec->sec_info_type = SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET; 6131 6132 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround 6133 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) 6134 { 6135 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL) 6136 { 6137 elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info 6138 = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info)); 6139 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL) 6140 return FALSE; 6141 } 6142 relax_info = elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info; 6143 trampbase -= relax_info->workaround_size; 6144 } 6145 6146 maybe_pasted = (strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".init") == 0 6147 || strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0); 6148 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */ 6149 trampoff = trampbase; 6150 if (maybe_pasted && trampbase == isec->rawsize) 6151 trampoff += 4; 6152 6153 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); 6154 picfixup_size = 0; 6155 if (htab->params->branch_trampolines 6156 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) 6157 { 6158 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */ 6159 if (isec->reloc_count != 0) 6160 { 6161 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, isec, NULL, NULL, 6162 link_info->keep_memory); 6163 if (internal_relocs == NULL) 6164 goto error_return; 6165 } 6166 6167 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2"); 6168 6169 irelend = internal_relocs + isec->reloc_count; 6170 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) 6171 { 6172 unsigned long r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info); 6173 bfd_vma toff, roff; 6174 asection *tsec; 6175 struct one_branch_fixup *f; 6176 size_t insn_offset = 0; 6177 bfd_vma max_branch_offset = 0, val; 6178 bfd_byte *hit_addr; 6179 unsigned long t0; 6180 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 6181 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; 6182 struct plt_entry **plist; 6183 unsigned char sym_type; 6184 6185 switch (r_type) 6186 { 6187 case R_PPC_REL24: 6188 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC: 6189 case R_PPC_PLTREL24: 6190 case R_PPC_PLTCALL: 6191 max_branch_offset = 1 << 25; 6192 break; 6193 6194 case R_PPC_REL14: 6195 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 6196 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 6197 max_branch_offset = 1 << 15; 6198 break; 6199 6200 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA: 6201 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) 6202 break; 6203 continue; 6204 6205 default: 6206 continue; 6207 } 6208 6209 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */ 6210 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &isym, &tsec, NULL, &isymbuf, 6211 ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info), abfd)) 6212 goto error_return; 6213 6214 if (isym != NULL) 6215 { 6216 if (tsec != NULL) 6217 ; 6218 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS) 6219 tsec = bfd_abs_section_ptr; 6220 else 6221 continue; 6222 6223 toff = isym->st_value; 6224 sym_type = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info); 6225 } 6226 else 6227 { 6228 if (tsec != NULL) 6229 toff = h->root.u.def.value; 6230 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined 6231 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) 6232 { 6233 unsigned long indx; 6234 6235 indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info; 6236 tsec = bfd_und_section_ptr; 6237 toff = bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) ? indx : 0; 6238 } 6239 else 6240 continue; 6241 6242 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later 6243 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long- 6244 branch stub in that case. */ 6245 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info) 6246 && h == htab->tls_get_addr 6247 && irel != internal_relocs) 6248 { 6249 unsigned long t_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info); 6250 unsigned long t_rtype = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info); 6251 unsigned int tls_mask = 0; 6252 6253 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or 6254 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc 6255 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls 6256 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */ 6257 if (t_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) 6258 { 6259 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd); 6260 6261 if (local_got_offsets != NULL) 6262 { 6263 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) 6264 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 6265 char *lgot_masks = (char *) 6266 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 6267 tls_mask = lgot_masks[t_symndx]; 6268 } 6269 } 6270 else 6271 { 6272 struct elf_link_hash_entry *th 6273 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[t_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 6274 6275 while (th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 6276 || th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 6277 th = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) th->root.u.i.link; 6278 6279 tls_mask 6280 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) th)->tls_mask; 6281 } 6282 6283 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be 6284 optimised away. */ 6285 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0 6286 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSGD 6287 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 6288 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO)) 6289 continue; 6290 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0 6291 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSLD 6292 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 6293 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO)) 6294 continue; 6295 } 6296 6297 sym_type = h->type; 6298 } 6299 6300 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA) 6301 { 6302 if (h != NULL 6303 && !h->def_regular 6304 && h->protected_def 6305 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha 6306 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo) 6307 picfixup_size += 12; 6308 continue; 6309 } 6310 6311 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must 6312 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here 6313 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch 6314 destination used here may be incorrect. */ 6315 plist = NULL; 6316 if (h != NULL) 6317 { 6318 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */ 6319 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC 6320 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24) 6321 plist = &h->plt.plist; 6322 } 6323 else if (sym_type == STT_GNU_IFUNC 6324 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd) != NULL) 6325 { 6326 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd); 6327 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) 6328 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 6329 plist = local_plt + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info); 6330 } 6331 if (plist != NULL) 6332 { 6333 bfd_vma addend = 0; 6334 struct plt_entry *ent; 6335 6336 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && bfd_link_pic (link_info)) 6337 addend = irel->r_addend; 6338 ent = find_plt_ent (plist, got2, addend); 6339 if (ent != NULL) 6340 { 6341 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW 6342 || h == NULL 6343 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 6344 || h->dynindx == -1) 6345 { 6346 tsec = htab->glink; 6347 toff = ent->glink_offset; 6348 } 6349 else 6350 { 6351 tsec = htab->elf.splt; 6352 toff = ent->plt.offset; 6353 } 6354 } 6355 } 6356 6357 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have 6358 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the 6359 branch overflow. */ 6360 if (tsec == isec) 6361 continue; 6362 6363 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is 6364 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't 6365 support addends. It would be possible to do so by 6366 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on 6367 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */ 6368 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) 6369 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr 6370 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24 6371 && irel->r_addend != 0) 6372 continue; 6373 6374 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in 6375 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely 6376 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at 6377 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a 6378 reference for other target relax_section functions. */ 6379 if (0 && tsec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE) 6380 { 6381 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been 6382 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be 6383 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in 6384 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for 6385 section symbols have been adjusted.) 6386 6387 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE 6388 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when 6389 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against 6390 a section symbol we should include the addend in the 6391 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the 6392 location of interest is the original symbol. On the 6393 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not 6394 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an 6395 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The 6396 location of interest is just "sym". */ 6397 if (sym_type == STT_SECTION 6398 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24) 6399 toff += irel->r_addend; 6400 6401 toff 6402 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, &tsec, 6403 elf_section_data (tsec)->sec_info, 6404 toff); 6405 6406 if (sym_type != STT_SECTION 6407 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24) 6408 toff += irel->r_addend; 6409 } 6410 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */ 6411 else if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24) 6412 toff += irel->r_addend; 6413 6414 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */ 6415 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) 6416 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr) 6417 || tsec->output_section == NULL 6418 || (tsec->owner != NULL 6419 && (tsec->owner->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) != 0)) 6420 continue; 6421 6422 roff = irel->r_offset; 6423 6424 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when 6425 relocatable if the output section size is such that a 6426 fixup can be created at final link. 6427 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number 6428 of other fixups being needed at final link. */ 6429 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) 6430 && (isec->output_section->rawsize - (isec->output_offset + roff) 6431 < max_branch_offset - (max_branch_offset >> 4))) 6432 continue; 6433 6434 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */ 6435 if (tsec != bfd_und_section_ptr 6436 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) 6437 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during 6438 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */ 6439 || tsec->output_section == isec->output_section)) 6440 { 6441 bfd_vma symaddr, reladdr; 6442 6443 symaddr = tsec->output_section->vma + tsec->output_offset + toff; 6444 reladdr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset + roff; 6445 if (symaddr - reladdr + max_branch_offset 6446 < 2 * max_branch_offset) 6447 continue; 6448 } 6449 6450 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */ 6451 for (f = branch_fixups; f ; f = f->next) 6452 if (f->tsec == tsec && f->toff == toff) 6453 break; 6454 6455 if (f == NULL) 6456 { 6457 size_t size; 6458 unsigned long stub_rtype; 6459 6460 val = trampoff - roff; 6461 if (val >= max_branch_offset) 6462 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add 6463 one. We'll report an error later. */ 6464 continue; 6465 6466 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info)) 6467 { 6468 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry); 6469 insn_offset = 12; 6470 } 6471 else 6472 { 6473 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry); 6474 insn_offset = 0; 6475 } 6476 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX; 6477 if (tsec == htab->elf.splt 6478 || tsec == htab->glink) 6479 { 6480 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLT; 6481 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24) 6482 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24; 6483 } 6484 6485 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two 6486 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */ 6487 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info), 6488 stub_rtype); 6489 irel->r_offset = trampoff + insn_offset; 6490 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 6491 && stub_rtype != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24) 6492 irel->r_addend = 0; 6493 6494 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */ 6495 f = bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f)); 6496 f->next = branch_fixups; 6497 f->tsec = tsec; 6498 f->toff = toff; 6499 f->trampoff = trampoff; 6500 branch_fixups = f; 6501 6502 trampoff += size; 6503 changes++; 6504 } 6505 else 6506 { 6507 val = f->trampoff - roff; 6508 if (val >= max_branch_offset) 6509 continue; 6510 6511 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */ 6512 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE); 6513 } 6514 6515 /* Get the section contents. */ 6516 if (contents == NULL) 6517 { 6518 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */ 6519 if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) 6520 contents = elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents; 6521 /* Go get them off disk. */ 6522 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, isec, &contents)) 6523 goto error_return; 6524 } 6525 6526 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */ 6527 hit_addr = contents + roff; 6528 switch (r_type) 6529 { 6530 case R_PPC_REL24: 6531 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC: 6532 case R_PPC_PLTREL24: 6533 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr); 6534 t0 &= ~0x3fffffc; 6535 t0 |= val & 0x3fffffc; 6536 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr); 6537 break; 6538 6539 case R_PPC_REL14: 6540 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 6541 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 6542 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr); 6543 t0 &= ~0xfffc; 6544 t0 |= val & 0xfffc; 6545 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr); 6546 break; 6547 } 6548 } 6549 6550 while (branch_fixups != NULL) 6551 { 6552 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups; 6553 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next; 6554 free (f); 6555 } 6556 } 6557 6558 workaround_change = FALSE; 6559 newsize = trampoff; 6560 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround 6561 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) 6562 || isec->output_section->alignment_power >= htab->params->pagesize_p2)) 6563 { 6564 bfd_vma addr, end_addr; 6565 unsigned int crossings; 6566 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2; 6567 6568 addr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset; 6569 end_addr = addr + trampoff; 6570 addr &= -pagesize; 6571 crossings = ((end_addr & -pagesize) - addr) >> htab->params->pagesize_p2; 6572 if (crossings != 0) 6573 { 6574 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does 6575 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a 6576 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */ 6577 newsize = 15 - ((end_addr - 1) & 15); 6578 newsize += crossings * 16; 6579 if (relax_info->workaround_size < newsize) 6580 { 6581 relax_info->workaround_size = newsize; 6582 workaround_change = TRUE; 6583 } 6584 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */ 6585 isec->flags |= SEC_RELOC; 6586 } 6587 newsize = trampoff + relax_info->workaround_size; 6588 } 6589 6590 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) 6591 { 6592 picfixup_size -= relax_info->picfixup_size; 6593 if (picfixup_size != 0) 6594 relax_info->picfixup_size += picfixup_size; 6595 newsize += relax_info->picfixup_size; 6596 } 6597 6598 if (changes != 0 || picfixup_size != 0 || workaround_change) 6599 isec->size = newsize; 6600 6601 if (isymbuf != NULL 6602 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf) 6603 { 6604 if (! link_info->keep_memory) 6605 free (isymbuf); 6606 else 6607 { 6608 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */ 6609 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf; 6610 } 6611 } 6612 6613 if (contents != NULL 6614 && elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) 6615 { 6616 if (!changes && !link_info->keep_memory) 6617 free (contents); 6618 else 6619 { 6620 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */ 6621 elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents = contents; 6622 } 6623 } 6624 6625 changes += picfixup_size; 6626 if (changes != 0) 6627 { 6628 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation 6629 information for the trampolines. */ 6630 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; 6631 Elf_Internal_Rela *new_relocs = bfd_malloc ((changes + isec->reloc_count) 6632 * sizeof (*new_relocs)); 6633 unsigned ix; 6634 6635 if (!new_relocs) 6636 goto error_return; 6637 memcpy (new_relocs, internal_relocs, 6638 isec->reloc_count * sizeof (*new_relocs)); 6639 for (ix = changes; ix--;) 6640 { 6641 irel = new_relocs + ix + isec->reloc_count; 6642 6643 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE); 6644 } 6645 if (internal_relocs != elf_section_data (isec)->relocs) 6646 free (internal_relocs); 6647 elf_section_data (isec)->relocs = new_relocs; 6648 isec->reloc_count += changes; 6649 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec); 6650 rel_hdr->sh_size += changes * rel_hdr->sh_entsize; 6651 } 6652 else if (internal_relocs != NULL 6653 && elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs) 6654 free (internal_relocs); 6655 6656 *again = changes != 0 || workaround_change; 6657 return TRUE; 6658 6659 error_return: 6660 while (branch_fixups != NULL) 6661 { 6662 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups; 6663 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next; 6664 free (f); 6665 } 6666 if (isymbuf != NULL && (unsigned char *) isymbuf != symtab_hdr->contents) 6667 free (isymbuf); 6668 if (contents != NULL 6669 && elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) 6670 free (contents); 6671 if (internal_relocs != NULL 6672 && elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs) 6673 free (internal_relocs); 6674 return FALSE; 6675} 6676 6677/* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in 6678 discarded sections. */ 6679 6680static unsigned int 6681ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection *sec) 6682{ 6683 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec->name) == 0) 6684 return 0; 6685 6686 if (strcmp (".got2", sec->name) == 0) 6687 return 0; 6688 6689 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec); 6690} 6691 6692/* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */ 6693 6694static bfd_vma 6695elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd *input_bfd, 6696 elf_linker_section_t *lsect, 6697 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 6698 bfd_vma relocation, 6699 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) 6700{ 6701 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr; 6702 6703 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL); 6704 6705 if (h != NULL) 6706 { 6707 /* Handle global symbol. */ 6708 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh; 6709 6710 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 6711 BFD_ASSERT (eh->elf.def_regular); 6712 linker_section_ptr = eh->linker_section_pointer; 6713 } 6714 else 6715 { 6716 /* Handle local symbol. */ 6717 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 6718 6719 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd)); 6720 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd) != NULL); 6721 linker_section_ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd)[r_symndx]; 6722 } 6723 6724 linker_section_ptr = elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr, 6725 rel->r_addend, 6726 lsect); 6727 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr != NULL); 6728 6729 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit 6730 as a "written" flag. */ 6731 if ((linker_section_ptr->offset & 1) == 0) 6732 { 6733 bfd_put_32 (lsect->section->owner, 6734 relocation + linker_section_ptr->addend, 6735 lsect->section->contents + linker_section_ptr->offset); 6736 linker_section_ptr->offset += 1; 6737 } 6738 6739 relocation = (lsect->section->output_section->vma 6740 + lsect->section->output_offset 6741 + linker_section_ptr->offset - 1 6742 - SYM_VAL (lsect->sym)); 6743 6744#ifdef DEBUG 6745 fprintf (stderr, 6746 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n", 6747 lsect->name, (long) relocation, (long) relocation); 6748#endif 6749 6750 return relocation; 6751} 6752 6753#define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff) 6754#define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff) 6755#define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000) 6756 6757static void 6758write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, struct plt_entry *ent, 6759 asection *plt_sec, unsigned char *p, 6760 struct bfd_link_info *info) 6761{ 6762 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 6763 bfd *output_bfd = info->output_bfd; 6764 bfd_vma plt; 6765 unsigned char *end = p + GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h); 6766 6767 if (h != NULL 6768 && h == htab->tls_get_addr 6769 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt) 6770 { 6771 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_3, p); 6772 p += 4; 6773 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_3 + 4, p); 6774 p += 4; 6775 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_0_3, p); 6776 p += 4; 6777 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, CMPWI_11_0, p); 6778 p += 4; 6779 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_3_12_2, p); 6780 p += 4; 6781 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BEQLR, p); 6782 p += 4; 6783 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_3_0, p); 6784 p += 4; 6785 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p); 6786 p += 4; 6787 } 6788 6789 plt = ((ent->plt.offset & ~1) 6790 + plt_sec->output_section->vma 6791 + plt_sec->output_offset); 6792 6793 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 6794 { 6795 bfd_vma got = 0; 6796 6797 if (ent->addend >= 32768) 6798 got = (ent->addend 6799 + ent->sec->output_section->vma 6800 + ent->sec->output_offset); 6801 else if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL) 6802 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); 6803 6804 plt -= got; 6805 6806 if (plt + 0x8000 < 0x10000) 6807 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_30 + PPC_LO (plt), p); 6808 else 6809 { 6810 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_30 + PPC_HA (plt), p); 6811 p += 4; 6812 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p); 6813 } 6814 } 6815 else 6816 { 6817 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_11 + PPC_HA (plt), p); 6818 p += 4; 6819 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p); 6820 } 6821 p += 4; 6822 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_11, p); 6823 p += 4; 6824 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p); 6825 p += 4; 6826 while (p < end) 6827 { 6828 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p); 6829 p += 4; 6830 } 6831} 6832 6833/* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */ 6834 6835static bfd_boolean 6836is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 6837{ 6838 return ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 6839 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) 6840 && h->root.u.def.section != NULL 6841 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section != NULL); 6842} 6843 6844/* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return 6845 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If 6846 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */ 6847 6848unsigned int 6849_bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg) 6850{ 6851 unsigned int rtra; 6852 6853 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) != 31 << 26) 6854 return 0; 6855 6856 if (reg == 0 || ((insn >> 11) & 0x1f) == reg) 6857 rtra = insn & ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16)); 6858 else if (((insn >> 16) & 0x1f) == reg) 6859 rtra = (insn & (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn & (0x1f << 11)) << 5); 6860 else 6861 return 0; 6862 6863 if ((insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1) 6864 /* add -> addi. */ 6865 insn = 14 << 26; 6866 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1 6867 && ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6 6868 || ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6 6869 && (insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6))) 6870 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */ 6871 insn = (32u | ((insn >> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26; 6872 else if ((insn & (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1) 6873 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */ 6874 insn = ((58u | ((insn >> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn >> 6) & 1); 6875 else if ((insn & (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1) 6876 /* lwax -> lwa. */ 6877 insn = (58u << 26) | 2; 6878 else 6879 return 0; 6880 insn |= rtra; 6881 return insn; 6882} 6883 6884/* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return 6885 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the 6886 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */ 6887 6888unsigned int 6889_bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg) 6890{ 6891 if ((insn & (0x1f << 16)) == reg << 16 6892 && ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */ 6893 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */ 6894 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */ 6895 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */ 6896 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */ 6897 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */ 6898 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */ 6899 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */ 6900 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */ 6901 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */ 6902 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */ 6903 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */ 6904 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */ 6905 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */ 6906 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */ 6907 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */ 6908 && (insn & 3) != 1) 6909 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */ 6910 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3)))) 6911 { 6912 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16); 6913 } 6914 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 21)) == reg << 21 6915 && ((insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */ 6916 || (insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */ 6917 || (insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */)) 6918 { 6919 insn &= ~(0x1f << 21); 6920 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 16)) << 5; 6921 if ((insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */) 6922 insn -= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */ 6923 } 6924 else 6925 insn = 0; 6926 return insn; 6927} 6928 6929static bfd_boolean 6930is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn) 6931{ 6932 return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */ 6933 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */ 6934 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */ 6935 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */); 6936} 6937 6938static bfd_boolean 6939is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn) 6940{ 6941 return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */ 6942 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */ 6943 && (insn & 3) == 1)); 6944} 6945 6946/* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker 6947 to handle the relocations for a section. 6948 6949 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section 6950 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be 6951 zero. 6952 6953 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as 6954 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a 6955 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as 6956 necessary. 6957 6958 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc 6959 address or the reloc symbol index. 6960 6961 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols. 6962 6963 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file 6964 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol. 6965 6966 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found 6967 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd). 6968 6969 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle 6970 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is 6971 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output 6972 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted 6973 accordingly. */ 6974 6975static bfd_boolean 6976ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, 6977 struct bfd_link_info *info, 6978 bfd *input_bfd, 6979 asection *input_section, 6980 bfd_byte *contents, 6981 Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs, 6982 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms, 6983 asection **local_sections) 6984{ 6985 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 6986 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; 6987 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 6988 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; 6989 Elf_Internal_Rela *wrel; 6990 Elf_Internal_Rela *relend; 6991 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; 6992 asection *got2; 6993 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets; 6994 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE; 6995 bfd_vma d_offset = (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd) ? 2 : 0); 6996 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls; 6997 unsigned int picfixup_size = 0; 6998 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL; 6999 7000#ifdef DEBUG 7001 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, " 7002 "%ld relocations%s", 7003 input_bfd, input_section, 7004 (long) input_section->reloc_count, 7005 (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) ? " (relocatable)" : ""); 7006#endif 7007 7008 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd)) 7009 { 7010 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); 7011 return FALSE; 7012 } 7013 7014 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".got2"); 7015 7016 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */ 7017 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32]) 7018 ppc_elf_howto_init (); 7019 7020 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 7021 local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd); 7022 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd); 7023 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd); 7024 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections 7025 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */ 7026 is_vxworks_tls = (htab->is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info) 7027 && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, 7028 ".tls_vars")); 7029 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET) 7030 relax_info = elf_section_data (input_section)->sec_info; 7031 rel = wrel = relocs; 7032 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count; 7033 for (; rel < relend; wrel++, rel++) 7034 { 7035 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 7036 bfd_vma addend; 7037 bfd_reloc_status_type r; 7038 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; 7039 asection *sec; 7040 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 7041 const char *sym_name; 7042 reloc_howto_type *howto; 7043 unsigned long r_symndx; 7044 bfd_vma relocation; 7045 bfd_vma branch_bit, from; 7046 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc, save_unresolved_reloc; 7047 bfd_boolean warned; 7048 unsigned int tls_type, tls_mask, tls_gd; 7049 struct plt_entry **ifunc, **plt_list; 7050 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto; 7051 7052 again: 7053 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); 7054 sym = NULL; 7055 sec = NULL; 7056 h = NULL; 7057 unresolved_reloc = FALSE; 7058 warned = FALSE; 7059 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 7060 7061 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) 7062 { 7063 sym = local_syms + r_symndx; 7064 sec = local_sections[r_symndx]; 7065 sym_name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym, sec); 7066 7067 relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel); 7068 } 7069 else 7070 { 7071 bfd_boolean ignored; 7072 7073 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, 7074 r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes, 7075 h, sec, relocation, 7076 unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored); 7077 7078 sym_name = h->root.root.string; 7079 } 7080 7081 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec)) 7082 { 7083 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections, 7084 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the 7085 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */ 7086 howto = NULL; 7087 if (r_type < R_PPC_max) 7088 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; 7089 7090 _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, input_section, 7091 contents, rel->r_offset); 7092 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset; 7093 wrel->r_info = 0; 7094 wrel->r_addend = 0; 7095 7096 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against 7097 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for 7098 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the 7099 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */ 7100 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info) 7101 && (input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)) 7102 wrel--; 7103 7104 continue; 7105 } 7106 7107 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) 7108 { 7109 if (got2 != NULL 7110 && r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 7111 && rel->r_addend != 0) 7112 { 7113 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the 7114 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */ 7115 rel->r_addend += got2->output_offset; 7116 } 7117 if (r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLT 7118 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24 7119 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX) 7120 goto copy_reloc; 7121 } 7122 7123 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs 7124 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit 7125 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible 7126 for the final instruction stream. */ 7127 tls_mask = 0; 7128 tls_gd = 0; 7129 if (h != NULL) 7130 tls_mask = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->tls_mask; 7131 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL) 7132 { 7133 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 7134 char *lgot_masks; 7135 local_plt 7136 = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 7137 lgot_masks = (char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 7138 tls_mask = lgot_masks[r_symndx]; 7139 } 7140 7141 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */ 7142 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3) 7143 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO & 3) 7144 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI & 3) 7145 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA & 3) 7146 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16 & 3) 7147 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO & 3) 7148 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI & 3) 7149 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA & 3)) 7150 abort (); 7151 switch (r_type) 7152 { 7153 default: 7154 break; 7155 7156 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: 7157 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: 7158 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 7159 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0) 7160 { 7161 bfd_vma insn; 7162 7163 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 7164 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7165 insn &= 31 << 21; 7166 insn |= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */ 7167 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, 7168 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7169 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; 7170 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7171 } 7172 break; 7173 7174 case R_PPC_TLS: 7175 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 7176 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0) 7177 { 7178 bfd_vma insn; 7179 7180 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); 7181 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn, 2); 7182 if (insn == 0) 7183 abort (); 7184 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); 7185 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; 7186 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7187 7188 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now 7189 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */ 7190 rel->r_offset += d_offset; 7191 } 7192 break; 7193 7194 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: 7195 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: 7196 tls_gd = TLS_GDIE; 7197 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0) 7198 goto tls_gdld_hi; 7199 break; 7200 7201 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: 7202 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: 7203 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0) 7204 { 7205 tls_gdld_hi: 7206 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0) 7207 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3) 7208 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16); 7209 else 7210 { 7211 rel->r_offset -= d_offset; 7212 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset); 7213 r_type = R_PPC_NONE; 7214 } 7215 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7216 } 7217 break; 7218 7219 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: 7220 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: 7221 tls_gd = TLS_GDIE; 7222 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0) 7223 goto tls_ldgd_opt; 7224 break; 7225 7226 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: 7227 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: 7228 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0) 7229 { 7230 unsigned int insn1, insn2; 7231 bfd_vma offset; 7232 7233 tls_ldgd_opt: 7234 offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 7235 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark 7236 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call 7237 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next 7238 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with 7239 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */ 7240 if (input_section->nomark_tls_get_addr 7241 && rel + 1 < relend 7242 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd, rel + 1, 7243 htab->tls_get_addr)) 7244 offset = rel[1].r_offset; 7245 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep 7246 the destination reg. It may be something other than 7247 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by 7248 intervening code. */ 7249 insn1 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 7250 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7251 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0) 7252 { 7253 /* IE */ 7254 insn1 &= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16); 7255 insn1 |= 32u << 26; /* lwz */ 7256 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 7257 { 7258 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); 7259 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */ 7260 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset); 7261 } 7262 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3) 7263 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16); 7264 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7265 } 7266 else 7267 { 7268 /* LE */ 7269 insn1 &= 0x1f << 21; 7270 insn1 |= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */ 7271 if (tls_gd == 0) 7272 { 7273 /* Was an LD reloc. */ 7274 for (r_symndx = 0; 7275 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info; 7276 r_symndx++) 7277 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec) 7278 break; 7279 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) 7280 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF; 7281 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; 7282 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF) 7283 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value 7284 + sec->output_offset 7285 + sec->output_section->vma); 7286 } 7287 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; 7288 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7289 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 7290 { 7291 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO); 7292 rel[1].r_offset = offset + d_offset; 7293 rel[1].r_addend = rel->r_addend; 7294 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */ 7295 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset); 7296 } 7297 } 7298 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn1, 7299 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7300 if (tls_gd == 0) 7301 { 7302 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over 7303 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */ 7304 goto again; 7305 } 7306 } 7307 break; 7308 7309 case R_PPC_TLSGD: 7310 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0 7311 && rel + 1 < relend) 7312 { 7313 unsigned int insn2; 7314 bfd_vma offset = rel->r_offset; 7315 7316 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info))) 7317 { 7318 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + offset); 7319 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); 7320 break; 7321 } 7322 7323 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GDIE) != 0) 7324 { 7325 /* IE */ 7326 r_type = R_PPC_NONE; 7327 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */ 7328 } 7329 else 7330 { 7331 /* LE */ 7332 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; 7333 rel->r_offset += d_offset; 7334 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */ 7335 } 7336 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7337 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset); 7338 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */ 7339 BFD_ASSERT (offset == rel[1].r_offset); 7340 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); 7341 } 7342 break; 7343 7344 case R_PPC_TLSLD: 7345 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0 7346 && rel + 1 < relend) 7347 { 7348 unsigned int insn2; 7349 7350 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info))) 7351 { 7352 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset); 7353 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); 7354 break; 7355 } 7356 7357 for (r_symndx = 0; 7358 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info; 7359 r_symndx++) 7360 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec) 7361 break; 7362 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) 7363 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF; 7364 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; 7365 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF) 7366 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value 7367 + sec->output_offset 7368 + sec->output_section->vma); 7369 7370 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO); 7371 rel->r_offset += d_offset; 7372 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */ 7373 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, 7374 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7375 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */ 7376 BFD_ASSERT (rel->r_offset - d_offset == rel[1].r_offset); 7377 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); 7378 goto again; 7379 } 7380 break; 7381 } 7382 7383 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */ 7384 branch_bit = 0; 7385 switch (r_type) 7386 { 7387 default: 7388 break; 7389 7390 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */ 7391 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN: 7392 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 7393 branch_bit = BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 7394 /* Fall through. */ 7395 7396 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */ 7397 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN: 7398 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 7399 { 7400 unsigned int insn; 7401 7402 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); 7403 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 7404 insn |= branch_bit; 7405 7406 from = (rel->r_offset 7407 + input_section->output_offset 7408 + input_section->output_section->vma); 7409 7410 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */ 7411 if ((bfd_signed_vma) (relocation + rel->r_addend - from) < 0) 7412 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 7413 7414 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); 7415 } 7416 break; 7417 7418 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: 7419 { 7420 unsigned int insn; 7421 7422 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 7423 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7424 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26 7425 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) != 0) 7426 { 7427 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) 7428 { 7429 /* Convert addis to lis. */ 7430 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16); 7431 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, 7432 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7433 } 7434 } 7435 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 7436 info->callbacks->einfo 7437 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"), 7438 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 7439 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn); 7440 } 7441 break; 7442 } 7443 7444 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 7445 && h != NULL 7446 && !h->def_regular 7447 && h->protected_def 7448 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha 7449 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo 7450 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) 7451 { 7452 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected 7453 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */ 7454 unsigned int insn; 7455 7456 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA) 7457 { 7458 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 7459 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7460 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (15u << 26) 7461 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */) 7462 { 7463 bfd_byte *p; 7464 bfd_vma off; 7465 bfd_vma got_addr; 7466 7467 p = (contents + input_section->size 7468 - relax_info->workaround_size 7469 - relax_info->picfixup_size 7470 + picfixup_size); 7471 off = (p - contents) - (rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7472 if (off > 0x1fffffc || (off & 3) != 0) 7473 info->callbacks->einfo 7474 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"), 7475 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset); 7476 7477 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | off, 7478 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7479 got_addr = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma 7480 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset 7481 + (h->got.offset & ~1)); 7482 wrel->r_offset = (p - contents) + d_offset; 7483 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); 7484 wrel->r_addend = got_addr; 7485 insn &= ~0xffff; 7486 insn |= ((unsigned int) (got_addr + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff; 7487 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p); 7488 7489 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */ 7490 insn &= ~0xffff; 7491 insn ^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26; 7492 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 21)) >> 5; 7493 insn |= got_addr & 0xffff; 7494 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p + 4); 7495 7496 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | ((-4 - off) & 0x3ffffff), p + 8); 7497 picfixup_size += 12; 7498 7499 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs 7500 output is reasonable. */ 7501 memmove (rel + 1, rel, (relend - rel - 1) * sizeof (*rel)); 7502 wrel++, rel++; 7503 rel->r_offset = wrel[-1].r_offset + 4; 7504 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); 7505 rel->r_addend = wrel[-1].r_addend; 7506 7507 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output 7508 dynamic reloc. */ 7509 r_type = R_PPC_GOT16_LO; 7510 } 7511 else 7512 _bfd_error_handler 7513 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7514 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: " 7515 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"), 7516 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, 7517 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn); 7518 } 7519 else if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO) 7520 { 7521 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 7522 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7523 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */ 7524 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */ 7525 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */ 7526 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */ 7527 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */ 7528 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */ 7529 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */ 7530 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */ 7531 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */ 7532 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */ 7533 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */ 7534 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */ 7535 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */ 7536 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */ 7537 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */ 7538 && (insn & 3) != 1) 7539 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */ 7540 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3))) 7541 { 7542 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */ 7543 relocation = 0; 7544 unresolved_reloc = FALSE; 7545 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type); 7546 } 7547 else 7548 _bfd_error_handler 7549 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7550 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: " 7551 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"), 7552 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, 7553 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn); 7554 } 7555 } 7556 7557 ifunc = NULL; 7558 if (!htab->is_vxworks) 7559 { 7560 struct plt_entry *ent; 7561 7562 if (h != NULL) 7563 { 7564 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 7565 ifunc = &h->plt.plist; 7566 } 7567 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL 7568 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 7569 { 7570 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 7571 7572 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets 7573 + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 7574 ifunc = local_plt + r_symndx; 7575 } 7576 7577 ent = NULL; 7578 if (ifunc != NULL 7579 && (!bfd_link_pic (info) 7580 || is_branch_reloc (r_type) 7581 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 7582 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 7583 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)) 7584 { 7585 addend = 0; 7586 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 7587 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 7588 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 7589 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 7590 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)) 7591 addend = rel->r_addend; 7592 ent = find_plt_ent (ifunc, got2, addend); 7593 } 7594 if (ent != NULL) 7595 { 7596 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 7597 && ent->sec != got2 7598 && htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW 7599 && (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 7600 || h == NULL 7601 || h->dynindx == -1)) 7602 { 7603 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub 7604 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in 7605 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and 7606 apparently are using code compiled with 7607 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code 7608 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend 7609 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or 7610 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far 7611 into .got2). */ 7612 info->callbacks->einfo 7613 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7614 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"), 7615 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, sym_name); 7616 } 7617 7618 unresolved_reloc = FALSE; 7619 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW 7620 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 7621 || h == NULL 7622 || h->dynindx == -1) 7623 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma 7624 + htab->glink->output_offset 7625 + (ent->glink_offset & ~1)); 7626 else 7627 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma 7628 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset 7629 + ent->plt.offset); 7630 } 7631 } 7632 7633 addend = rel->r_addend; 7634 save_unresolved_reloc = unresolved_reloc; 7635 howto = NULL; 7636 if (r_type < R_PPC_max) 7637 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; 7638 7639 switch (r_type) 7640 { 7641 default: 7642 break; 7643 7644 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: 7645 if (htab->do_tls_opt && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000) 7646 { 7647 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3); 7648 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p); 7649 if ((insn & ((0x3fu << 26) | 0x1f << 16)) 7650 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */) 7651 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7652 info->callbacks->minfo 7653 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"), 7654 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, howto->name, insn); 7655 else 7656 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p); 7657 } 7658 break; 7659 7660 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: 7661 if (htab->do_tls_opt && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000) 7662 { 7663 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3); 7664 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p); 7665 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16); 7666 insn |= 2 << 16; 7667 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p); 7668 } 7669 break; 7670 } 7671 7672 tls_type = 0; 7673 switch (r_type) 7674 { 7675 default: 7676 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7677 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"), 7678 input_bfd, howto->name); 7679 7680 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 7681 ret = FALSE; 7682 goto copy_reloc; 7683 7684 case R_PPC_NONE: 7685 case R_PPC_TLS: 7686 case R_PPC_TLSGD: 7687 case R_PPC_TLSLD: 7688 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: 7689 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT: 7690 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY: 7691 goto copy_reloc; 7692 7693 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's 7694 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the 7695 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the 7696 symbol and put the symbol value there. */ 7697 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: 7698 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: 7699 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: 7700 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: 7701 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD; 7702 goto dogot; 7703 7704 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: 7705 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: 7706 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: 7707 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: 7708 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD; 7709 goto dogot; 7710 7711 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: 7712 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: 7713 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: 7714 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: 7715 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL; 7716 goto dogot; 7717 7718 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: 7719 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: 7720 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: 7721 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: 7722 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL; 7723 goto dogot; 7724 7725 case R_PPC_GOT16: 7726 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO: 7727 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI: 7728 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA: 7729 tls_mask = 0; 7730 dogot: 7731 { 7732 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global 7733 offset table. */ 7734 bfd_vma off; 7735 bfd_vma *offp; 7736 unsigned long indx; 7737 7738 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL) 7739 abort (); 7740 7741 indx = 0; 7742 if (tls_type == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD) 7743 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) 7744 offp = &htab->tlsld_got.offset; 7745 else if (h != NULL) 7746 { 7747 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 7748 || h->dynindx == -1 7749 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h) 7750 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)) 7751 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a 7752 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined 7753 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local 7754 because of a version file. */ 7755 ; 7756 else 7757 { 7758 indx = h->dynindx; 7759 unresolved_reloc = FALSE; 7760 } 7761 offp = &h->got.offset; 7762 } 7763 else 7764 { 7765 if (local_got_offsets == NULL) 7766 abort (); 7767 offp = &local_got_offsets[r_symndx]; 7768 } 7769 7770 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the 7771 least significant bit to record whether we have already 7772 processed this entry. */ 7773 off = *offp; 7774 if ((off & 1) != 0) 7775 off &= ~1; 7776 else 7777 { 7778 unsigned int tls_m = ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 7779 ? tls_mask & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL 7780 | TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE) 7781 : 0); 7782 7783 if (offp == &htab->tlsld_got.offset) 7784 tls_m = TLS_LD; 7785 else if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0 7786 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) 7787 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD; 7788 7789 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym. 7790 Initialize them all. */ 7791 do 7792 { 7793 int tls_ty = 0; 7794 7795 if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0) 7796 { 7797 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD; 7798 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD; 7799 } 7800 else if ((tls_m & TLS_GD) != 0) 7801 { 7802 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD; 7803 tls_m &= ~TLS_GD; 7804 } 7805 else if ((tls_m & TLS_DTPREL) != 0) 7806 { 7807 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL; 7808 tls_m &= ~TLS_DTPREL; 7809 } 7810 else if ((tls_m & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0) 7811 { 7812 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL; 7813 tls_m = 0; 7814 } 7815 7816 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */ 7817 if (indx != 0 7818 || (bfd_link_pic (info) 7819 && (h == NULL 7820 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)) 7821 && !(tls_ty != 0 7822 && bfd_link_executable (info) 7823 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)))) 7824 { 7825 asection *rsec = htab->elf.srelgot; 7826 bfd_byte * loc; 7827 7828 if (ifunc != NULL) 7829 { 7830 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt; 7831 if (indx == 0) 7832 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 7833 else if (is_static_defined (h)) 7834 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 7835 } 7836 outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma 7837 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset 7838 + off); 7839 outrel.r_addend = 0; 7840 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD)) 7841 { 7842 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPMOD32); 7843 if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD)) 7844 { 7845 loc = rsec->contents; 7846 loc += (rsec->reloc_count++ 7847 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 7848 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, 7849 &outrel, loc); 7850 outrel.r_offset += 4; 7851 outrel.r_info 7852 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32); 7853 } 7854 } 7855 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL)) 7856 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32); 7857 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL)) 7858 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_TPREL32); 7859 else if (indx != 0) 7860 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT); 7861 else if (ifunc != NULL) 7862 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE); 7863 else 7864 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE); 7865 if (indx == 0 && tls_ty != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) 7866 { 7867 outrel.r_addend += relocation; 7868 if (tls_ty & (TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL | TLS_TPREL)) 7869 { 7870 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL) 7871 outrel.r_addend = 0; 7872 else 7873 outrel.r_addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma; 7874 } 7875 } 7876 loc = rsec->contents; 7877 loc += (rsec->reloc_count++ 7878 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 7879 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); 7880 } 7881 7882 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not 7883 emitting a reloc. */ 7884 else 7885 { 7886 bfd_vma value = relocation; 7887 7888 if (tls_ty != 0) 7889 { 7890 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL) 7891 value = 0; 7892 else 7893 { 7894 if (tls_ty & TLS_LD) 7895 value = 0; 7896 else 7897 value -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; 7898 if (tls_ty & TLS_TPREL) 7899 value += DTP_OFFSET - TP_OFFSET; 7900 } 7901 7902 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD)) 7903 { 7904 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value, 7905 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4); 7906 value = 1; 7907 } 7908 } 7909 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value, 7910 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off); 7911 } 7912 7913 off += 4; 7914 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD)) 7915 off += 4; 7916 } 7917 while (tls_m != 0); 7918 7919 off = *offp; 7920 *offp = off | 1; 7921 } 7922 7923 if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2) 7924 abort (); 7925 7926 if ((tls_type & TLS_TLS) != 0) 7927 { 7928 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) 7929 { 7930 if ((tls_mask & TLS_LD) != 0 7931 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) 7932 off += 8; 7933 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD)) 7934 { 7935 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0) 7936 off += 8; 7937 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL)) 7938 { 7939 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0) 7940 off += 4; 7941 } 7942 } 7943 } 7944 } 7945 7946 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */ 7947 if (r_type != ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) 7948 goto copy_reloc; 7949 7950 relocation = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma 7951 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset 7952 + off 7953 - SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot)); 7954 7955 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense. 7956 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is 7957 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the 7958 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */ 7959 if (addend != 0) 7960 info->callbacks->einfo 7961 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7962 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"), 7963 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 7964 howto->name, 7965 sym_name); 7966 } 7967 break; 7968 7969 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */ 7970 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC: 7971 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation 7972 at a symbol not in this object. */ 7973 if (unresolved_reloc) 7974 { 7975 (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) (info, 7976 h->root.root.string, 7977 input_bfd, 7978 input_section, 7979 rel->r_offset, 7980 TRUE); 7981 goto copy_reloc; 7982 } 7983 if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && bfd_link_pic (info)) 7984 { 7985 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since 7986 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More 7987 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call 7988 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to 7989 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is 7990 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking 7991 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is 7992 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */ 7993 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7994 info->callbacks->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"), 7995 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 7996 h->root.root.string); 7997 } 7998 break; 7999 8000 case R_PPC_DTPREL16: 8001 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: 8002 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: 8003 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: 8004 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL) 8005 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; 8006 break; 8007 8008 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared 8009 object. */ 8010 case R_PPC_TPREL16: 8011 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: 8012 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI: 8013 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: 8014 if (h != NULL 8015 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak 8016 && h->dynindx == -1) 8017 { 8018 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol 8019 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since 8020 code using weak externs ought to check that they are 8021 defined before using them. */ 8022 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset; 8023 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p); 8024 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn, 2); 8025 if (insn != 0) 8026 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p); 8027 break; 8028 } 8029 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL) 8030 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET; 8031 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared 8032 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in 8033 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */ 8034 goto dodyn; 8035 8036 case R_PPC_TPREL32: 8037 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL) 8038 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET; 8039 goto dodyn; 8040 8041 case R_PPC_DTPREL32: 8042 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL) 8043 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; 8044 goto dodyn; 8045 8046 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32: 8047 relocation = 1; 8048 addend = 0; 8049 goto dodyn; 8050 8051 case R_PPC_REL16: 8052 case R_PPC_REL16_LO: 8053 case R_PPC_REL16_HI: 8054 case R_PPC_REL16_HA: 8055 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA: 8056 break; 8057 8058 case R_PPC_REL32: 8059 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot) 8060 break; 8061 /* fall through */ 8062 8063 case R_PPC_ADDR32: 8064 case R_PPC_ADDR16: 8065 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO: 8066 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI: 8067 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA: 8068 case R_PPC_UADDR32: 8069 case R_PPC_UADDR16: 8070 goto dodyn; 8071 8072 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8: 8073 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15: 8074 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24: 8075 case R_PPC_REL24: 8076 case R_PPC_REL14: 8077 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 8078 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 8079 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be 8080 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */ 8081 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) 8082 || h == htab->elf.hgot) 8083 break; 8084 /* fall through */ 8085 8086 case R_PPC_ADDR24: 8087 case R_PPC_ADDR14: 8088 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN: 8089 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN: 8090 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info)) 8091 break; 8092 /* fall through */ 8093 8094 dodyn: 8095 if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 8096 || is_vxworks_tls) 8097 break; 8098 8099 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 8100 ? ((h == NULL 8101 || ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs != NULL) 8102 && ((h != NULL && pc_dynrelocs (h)) 8103 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type))) 8104 : (h != NULL 8105 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs != NULL)) 8106 { 8107 int skip; 8108 bfd_byte *loc; 8109 asection *sreloc; 8110 long indx = 0; 8111 8112#ifdef DEBUG 8113 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to " 8114 "create relocation for %s\n", 8115 (h && h->root.root.string 8116 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>")); 8117#endif 8118 8119 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations 8120 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run 8121 time. */ 8122 skip = 0; 8123 outrel.r_offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, 8124 input_section, 8125 rel->r_offset); 8126 if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1 8127 || outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2) 8128 skip = (int) outrel.r_offset; 8129 outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma 8130 + input_section->output_offset); 8131 8132 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */ 8133 if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) != 0) 8134 || (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) == 0)) 8135 r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR32 ^ R_PPC_UADDR32; 8136 if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) != 0) 8137 || (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) == 0)) 8138 r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR16 ^ R_PPC_UADDR16; 8139 8140 if (skip) 8141 memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel); 8142 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) 8143 { 8144 indx = h->dynindx; 8145 BFD_ASSERT (indx != -1); 8146 unresolved_reloc = FALSE; 8147 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type); 8148 outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend; 8149 } 8150 else 8151 { 8152 outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend; 8153 8154 if (r_type != R_PPC_ADDR32) 8155 { 8156 if (ifunc != NULL) 8157 { 8158 /* If we get here when building a static 8159 executable, then the libc startup function 8160 responsible for applying indirect function 8161 relocations is going to complain about 8162 the reloc type. 8163 If we get here when building a dynamic 8164 executable, it will be because we have 8165 a text relocation. The dynamic loader 8166 will set the text segment writable and 8167 non-executable to apply text relocations. 8168 So we'll segfault when trying to run the 8169 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */ 8170 info->callbacks->einfo 8171 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8172 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect " 8173 "function %s unsupported\n"), 8174 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8175 howto->name, 8176 sym_name); 8177 ret = FALSE; 8178 } 8179 else if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF || bfd_is_abs_section (sec)) 8180 ; 8181 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL) 8182 { 8183 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 8184 ret = FALSE; 8185 } 8186 else 8187 { 8188 asection *osec; 8189 8190 /* We are turning this relocation into one 8191 against a section symbol. It would be 8192 proper to subtract the symbol's value, 8193 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend, 8194 but ld.so expects buggy relocs. 8195 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */ 8196 osec = sec->output_section; 8197 if ((osec->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0) 8198 { 8199 osec = htab->elf.tls_sec; 8200 indx = 0; 8201 } 8202 else 8203 { 8204 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx; 8205 if (indx == 0) 8206 { 8207 osec = htab->elf.text_index_section; 8208 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx; 8209 } 8210 BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0); 8211 } 8212 8213 /* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs. 8214 Don't leave the symbol value in the 8215 addend for them. */ 8216 if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type)) 8217 outrel.r_addend -= osec->vma; 8218 } 8219 8220 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type); 8221 } 8222 else if (ifunc != NULL) 8223 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE); 8224 else 8225 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE); 8226 } 8227 8228 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc; 8229 if (ifunc) 8230 { 8231 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt; 8232 if (indx == 0) 8233 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 8234 else if (is_static_defined (h)) 8235 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 8236 } 8237 if (sreloc == NULL) 8238 return FALSE; 8239 8240 loc = sreloc->contents; 8241 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 8242 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); 8243 8244 if (skip == -1) 8245 goto copy_reloc; 8246 8247 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory 8248 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */ 8249 if (!skip) 8250 { 8251 relocation = howto->pc_relative ? outrel.r_offset : 0; 8252 addend = 0; 8253 break; 8254 } 8255 } 8256 break; 8257 8258 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT: 8259 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24: 8260 if (h != NULL) 8261 { 8262 struct plt_entry *ent; 8263 bfd_vma got2_addend = 0; 8264 8265 if (r_type == R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24) 8266 { 8267 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 8268 got2_addend = addend; 8269 addend = 0; 8270 } 8271 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, got2_addend); 8272 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW) 8273 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma 8274 + htab->glink->output_offset 8275 + ent->glink_offset); 8276 else 8277 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma 8278 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset 8279 + ent->plt.offset); 8280 } 8281 /* Fall through. */ 8282 8283 case R_PPC_RELAX: 8284 { 8285 const int *stub; 8286 size_t size; 8287 size_t insn_offset = rel->r_offset; 8288 unsigned int insn; 8289 8290 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 8291 { 8292 relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma 8293 + input_section->output_offset 8294 + rel->r_offset - 4); 8295 stub = shared_stub_entry; 8296 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[0], contents + insn_offset - 12); 8297 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[1], contents + insn_offset - 8); 8298 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[2], contents + insn_offset - 4); 8299 stub += 3; 8300 size = ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry) - 3; 8301 } 8302 else 8303 { 8304 stub = stub_entry; 8305 size = ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry); 8306 } 8307 8308 relocation += addend; 8309 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) 8310 relocation = 0; 8311 8312 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */ 8313 insn = *stub++; 8314 insn |= ((relocation + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff; 8315 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset); 8316 insn_offset += 4; 8317 8318 insn = *stub++; 8319 insn |= relocation & 0xffff; 8320 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset); 8321 insn_offset += 4; 8322 size -= 2; 8323 8324 while (size != 0) 8325 { 8326 insn = *stub++; 8327 --size; 8328 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset); 8329 insn_offset += 4; 8330 } 8331 8332 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop 8333 relocs to describe this relocation. */ 8334 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_NONE); 8335 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */ 8336 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset + d_offset; 8337 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); 8338 wrel->r_addend = rel->r_addend; 8339 memmove (wrel + 1, wrel, (relend - wrel - 1) * sizeof (*wrel)); 8340 wrel++, rel++; 8341 wrel->r_offset += 4; 8342 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); 8343 } 8344 continue; 8345 8346 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */ 8347 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: 8348 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[0].section != NULL); 8349 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[0].sym)) 8350 { 8351 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8352 break; 8353 } 8354 relocation 8355 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[0], 8356 h, relocation, rel); 8357 addend = 0; 8358 break; 8359 8360 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */ 8361 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: 8362 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[1].section != NULL); 8363 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[1].sym)) 8364 { 8365 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8366 break; 8367 } 8368 relocation 8369 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[1], 8370 h, relocation, rel); 8371 addend = 0; 8372 break; 8373 8374 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got 8375 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating 8376 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the 8377 AIX .toc section. */ 8378 case R_PPC_TOC16: /* phony GOT16 relocations */ 8379 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL) 8380 { 8381 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8382 break; 8383 } 8384 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".got") == 0 8385 || strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".cgot") == 0); 8386 8387 addend -= sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + 0x8000; 8388 break; 8389 8390 case R_PPC_PLTREL24: 8391 if (h != NULL && ifunc == NULL) 8392 { 8393 struct plt_entry *ent; 8394 8395 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, 8396 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0); 8397 if (ent == NULL 8398 || htab->elf.splt == NULL) 8399 { 8400 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This 8401 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when 8402 using -Bsymbolic. */ 8403 } 8404 else 8405 { 8406 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the 8407 procedure linkage table. */ 8408 unresolved_reloc = FALSE; 8409 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW) 8410 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma 8411 + htab->glink->output_offset 8412 + ent->glink_offset); 8413 else 8414 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma 8415 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset 8416 + ent->plt.offset); 8417 } 8418 } 8419 8420 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the 8421 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. 8422 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */ 8423 addend = 0; 8424 break; 8425 8426 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ: 8427 case R_PPC_PLTCALL: 8428 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO: 8429 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI: 8430 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: 8431 plt_list = NULL; 8432 if (h != NULL) 8433 plt_list = &h->plt.plist; 8434 else if (ifunc != NULL) 8435 plt_list = ifunc; 8436 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL) 8437 { 8438 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 8439 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets 8440 + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 8441 plt_list = local_plt + r_symndx; 8442 } 8443 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8444 if (plt_list != NULL) 8445 { 8446 struct plt_entry *ent; 8447 8448 ent = find_plt_ent (plt_list, got2, 8449 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0); 8450 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 8451 { 8452 asection *plt; 8453 8454 unresolved_reloc = FALSE; 8455 plt = htab->elf.splt; 8456 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 8457 || h == NULL 8458 || h->dynindx == -1) 8459 { 8460 if (ifunc != NULL) 8461 plt = htab->elf.iplt; 8462 else 8463 plt = htab->pltlocal; 8464 } 8465 relocation = (plt->output_section->vma 8466 + plt->output_offset 8467 + ent->plt.offset); 8468 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 8469 { 8470 bfd_vma got = 0; 8471 8472 if (ent->addend >= 32768) 8473 got = (ent->addend 8474 + ent->sec->output_section->vma 8475 + ent->sec->output_offset); 8476 else 8477 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); 8478 relocation -= got; 8479 } 8480 } 8481 } 8482 addend = 0; 8483 break; 8484 8485 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */ 8486 case R_PPC_SDAREL16: 8487 { 8488 const char *name; 8489 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; 8490 8491 if (sec == NULL 8492 || sec->output_section == NULL 8493 || !is_static_defined (sda)) 8494 { 8495 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8496 break; 8497 } 8498 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda); 8499 8500 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section); 8501 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0 8502 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)) 8503 { 8504 _bfd_error_handler 8505 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8506 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is " 8507 "in the wrong output section (%s)"), 8508 input_bfd, 8509 sym_name, 8510 howto->name, 8511 name); 8512 } 8513 } 8514 break; 8515 8516 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */ 8517 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: 8518 { 8519 const char *name; 8520 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[1].sym; 8521 8522 if (sec == NULL 8523 || sec->output_section == NULL 8524 || !is_static_defined (sda)) 8525 { 8526 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8527 break; 8528 } 8529 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda); 8530 8531 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section); 8532 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0 8533 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0)) 8534 { 8535 _bfd_error_handler 8536 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8537 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is " 8538 "in the wrong output section (%s)"), 8539 input_bfd, 8540 sym_name, 8541 howto->name, 8542 name); 8543 } 8544 } 8545 break; 8546 8547 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A: 8548 relocation = relocation + addend; 8549 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8550 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8551 split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8552 goto copy_reloc; 8553 8554 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D: 8555 relocation = relocation + addend; 8556 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8557 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8558 split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8559 goto copy_reloc; 8560 8561 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A: 8562 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16; 8563 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8564 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8565 split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8566 goto copy_reloc; 8567 8568 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D: 8569 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16; 8570 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8571 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8572 split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8573 goto copy_reloc; 8574 8575 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A: 8576 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16; 8577 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8578 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8579 split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8580 goto copy_reloc; 8581 8582 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D: 8583 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16; 8584 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8585 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8586 split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8587 goto copy_reloc; 8588 8589 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */ 8590 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21: 8591 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21: 8592 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: 8593 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO: 8594 { 8595 const char *name; 8596 int reg; 8597 unsigned int insn; 8598 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL; 8599 8600 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL) 8601 { 8602 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8603 break; 8604 } 8605 8606 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section); 8607 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0 8608 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0) 8609 { 8610 reg = 13; 8611 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; 8612 } 8613 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0 8614 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0) 8615 { 8616 reg = 2; 8617 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym; 8618 } 8619 else if (strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0 8620 || strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0) 8621 { 8622 reg = 0; 8623 } 8624 else 8625 { 8626 _bfd_error_handler 8627 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8628 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is " 8629 "in the wrong output section (%s)"), 8630 input_bfd, 8631 sym_name, 8632 howto->name, 8633 name); 8634 8635 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 8636 ret = FALSE; 8637 goto copy_reloc; 8638 } 8639 8640 if (sda != NULL) 8641 { 8642 if (!is_static_defined (sda)) 8643 { 8644 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8645 break; 8646 } 8647 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda); 8648 } 8649 8650 if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA) 8651 break; 8652 8653 /* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface 8654 version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 8655 operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and 8656 GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on 8657 a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file 8658 producers that possibly comply with the EABI in 8659 generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */ 8660 if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_SDA21) 8661 rel->r_offset &= ~1; 8662 8663 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); 8664 if (reg == 0 8665 && (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 8666 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO)) 8667 { 8668 relocation = relocation + addend; 8669 addend = 0; 8670 8671 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */ 8672 insn &= 0x1f << 21; 8673 insn |= 28u << 26; 8674 8675 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */ 8676 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */ 8677 insn |= (relocation & 0xf0000) >> 5; 8678 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */ 8679 insn |= (relocation & 0xf800) << 5; 8680 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */ 8681 insn |= relocation & 0x7ff; 8682 8683 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); 8684 8685 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 8686 && ((relocation + 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000) 8687 goto overflow; 8688 goto copy_reloc; 8689 } 8690 /* Fill in register field. */ 8691 insn = (insn & ~RA_REGISTER_MASK) | (reg << RA_REGISTER_SHIFT); 8692 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); 8693 } 8694 break; 8695 8696 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A: 8697 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D: 8698 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A: 8699 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D: 8700 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A: 8701 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D: 8702 { 8703 bfd_vma value; 8704 const char *name; 8705 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL; 8706 8707 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL) 8708 { 8709 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8710 break; 8711 } 8712 8713 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section); 8714 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0 8715 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0) 8716 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; 8717 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0 8718 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0) 8719 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym; 8720 else 8721 { 8722 _bfd_error_handler 8723 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8724 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is " 8725 "in the wrong output section (%s)"), 8726 input_bfd, 8727 sym_name, 8728 howto->name, 8729 name); 8730 8731 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 8732 ret = FALSE; 8733 goto copy_reloc; 8734 } 8735 8736 if (sda == NULL || !is_static_defined (sda)) 8737 { 8738 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8739 break; 8740 } 8741 value = relocation + addend - SYM_VAL (sda); 8742 8743 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A) 8744 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8745 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8746 split16a_type, 8747 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8748 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D) 8749 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8750 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8751 split16d_type, 8752 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8753 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A) 8754 { 8755 value = value >> 16; 8756 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8757 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8758 split16a_type, 8759 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8760 } 8761 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D) 8762 { 8763 value = value >> 16; 8764 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8765 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8766 split16d_type, 8767 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8768 } 8769 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A) 8770 { 8771 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16; 8772 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8773 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8774 split16a_type, 8775 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8776 } 8777 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D) 8778 { 8779 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16; 8780 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8781 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8782 split16d_type, 8783 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8784 } 8785 } 8786 goto copy_reloc; 8787 8788 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20: 8789 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset, relocation); 8790 continue; 8791 8792 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */ 8793 case R_PPC_SECTOFF: 8794 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO: 8795 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI: 8796 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA: 8797 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL) 8798 { 8799 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8800 break; 8801 } 8802 addend -= sec->output_section->vma; 8803 break; 8804 8805 /* Negative relocations. */ 8806 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: 8807 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: 8808 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: 8809 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: 8810 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: 8811 addend -= 2 * relocation; 8812 break; 8813 8814 case R_PPC_COPY: 8815 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT: 8816 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT: 8817 case R_PPC_RELATIVE: 8818 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE: 8819 case R_PPC_PLT32: 8820 case R_PPC_PLTREL32: 8821 case R_PPC_ADDR30: 8822 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: 8823 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: 8824 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: 8825 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: 8826 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: 8827 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8828 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"), 8829 input_bfd, howto->name); 8830 8831 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); 8832 ret = FALSE; 8833 goto copy_reloc; 8834 } 8835 8836 switch (r_type) 8837 { 8838 default: 8839 break; 8840 8841 case R_PPC_PLTCALL: 8842 if (unresolved_reloc) 8843 { 8844 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset; 8845 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p); 8846 insn &= 1; 8847 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | insn, p); 8848 unresolved_reloc = save_unresolved_reloc; 8849 r_type = R_PPC_REL24; 8850 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; 8851 } 8852 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW) 8853 info->callbacks->einfo 8854 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"), 8855 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8856 howto->name); 8857 break; 8858 8859 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ: 8860 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: 8861 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO: 8862 if (unresolved_reloc) 8863 { 8864 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3); 8865 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p); 8866 unresolved_reloc = FALSE; 8867 r_type = R_PPC_NONE; 8868 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; 8869 } 8870 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW) 8871 info->callbacks->einfo 8872 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"), 8873 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8874 howto->name); 8875 break; 8876 } 8877 8878 /* Do any further special processing. */ 8879 switch (r_type) 8880 { 8881 default: 8882 break; 8883 8884 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA: 8885 case R_PPC_REL16_HA: 8886 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA: 8887 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA: 8888 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: 8889 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: 8890 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: 8891 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: 8892 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol 8893 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case, 8894 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol 8895 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */ 8896 if (sec == NULL) 8897 break; 8898 /* Fall through. */ 8899 8900 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: 8901 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA: 8902 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: 8903 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: 8904 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: 8905 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: 8906 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set. 8907 Bits 0:15 are not used. */ 8908 addend += 0x8000; 8909 break; 8910 8911 case R_PPC_ADDR16: 8912 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO: 8913 case R_PPC_GOT16: 8914 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO: 8915 case R_PPC_SDAREL16: 8916 case R_PPC_SECTOFF: 8917 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO: 8918 case R_PPC_DTPREL16: 8919 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: 8920 case R_PPC_TPREL16: 8921 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: 8922 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: 8923 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: 8924 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: 8925 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: 8926 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: 8927 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: 8928 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: 8929 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: 8930 { 8931 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with 8932 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits 8933 that make up part of the insn opcode. */ 8934 unsigned int insn, mask, lobit; 8935 8936 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 8937 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 8938 mask = 0; 8939 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn)) 8940 mask = 3; 8941 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn)) 8942 mask = 15; 8943 else 8944 break; 8945 relocation += addend; 8946 addend = insn & mask; 8947 lobit = mask & relocation; 8948 if (lobit != 0) 8949 { 8950 relocation ^= lobit; 8951 info->callbacks->einfo 8952 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8953 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"), 8954 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8955 howto->name, sym_name, mask + 1); 8956 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 8957 ret = FALSE; 8958 } 8959 } 8960 break; 8961 } 8962 8963#ifdef DEBUG 8964 fprintf (stderr, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, " 8965 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n", 8966 howto->name, 8967 (int) r_type, 8968 sym_name, 8969 r_symndx, 8970 (long) rel->r_offset, 8971 (long) addend); 8972#endif 8973 8974 if (unresolved_reloc 8975 && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0 8976 && h->def_dynamic) 8977 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, 8978 rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1) 8979 { 8980 info->callbacks->einfo 8981 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8982 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"), 8983 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8984 howto->name, 8985 sym_name); 8986 ret = FALSE; 8987 } 8988 8989 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a 8990 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should 8991 have different reloc types. */ 8992 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain_overflow_dont 8993 && howto->dst_mask == 0xffff 8994 && (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) 8995 { 8996 enum complain_overflow complain = complain_overflow_signed; 8997 8998 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section) & SHF_PPC_VLE) == 0) 8999 { 9000 unsigned int insn; 9001 9002 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3)); 9003 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */) 9004 complain = complain_overflow_bitfield; 9005 else if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */ 9006 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */ 9007 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */) 9008 complain = complain_overflow_unsigned; 9009 } 9010 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain) 9011 { 9012 alt_howto = *howto; 9013 alt_howto.complain_on_overflow = complain; 9014 howto = &alt_howto; 9015 } 9016 } 9017 9018 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL16DX_HA) 9019 { 9020 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */ 9021 if (rel->r_offset + 4 > input_section->size) 9022 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange; 9023 else 9024 { 9025 unsigned int insn; 9026 9027 relocation += addend; 9028 relocation -= (rel->r_offset 9029 + input_section->output_offset 9030 + input_section->output_section->vma); 9031 relocation >>= 16; 9032 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); 9033 insn &= ~0x1fffc1; 9034 insn |= (relocation & 0xffc1) | ((relocation & 0x3e) << 15); 9035 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); 9036 r = bfd_reloc_ok; 9037 } 9038 } 9039 else 9040 r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, contents, 9041 rel->r_offset, relocation, addend); 9042 9043 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok) 9044 { 9045 if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow) 9046 { 9047 overflow: 9048 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow 9049 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */ 9050 if (!warned 9051 && !(h != NULL 9052 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak 9053 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined) 9054 && is_branch_reloc (r_type))) 9055 info->callbacks->reloc_overflow 9056 (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), sym_name, howto->name, 9057 rel->r_addend, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset); 9058 } 9059 else 9060 { 9061 info->callbacks->einfo 9062 /* xgettext:c-format */ 9063 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"), 9064 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 9065 howto->name, sym_name, (int) r); 9066 ret = FALSE; 9067 } 9068 } 9069 copy_reloc: 9070 if (wrel != rel) 9071 *wrel = *rel; 9072 } 9073 9074 if (wrel != rel) 9075 { 9076 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; 9077 size_t deleted = rel - wrel; 9078 9079 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section->output_section); 9080 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted; 9081 if (rel_hdr->sh_size == 0) 9082 { 9083 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave 9084 one NONE reloc. 9085 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */ 9086 rel_hdr->sh_size = rel_hdr->sh_entsize; 9087 deleted -= 1; 9088 wrel++; 9089 } 9090 relend = wrel; 9091 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section); 9092 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted; 9093 input_section->reloc_count -= deleted; 9094 } 9095 9096#ifdef DEBUG 9097 fprintf (stderr, "\n"); 9098#endif 9099 9100 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET 9101 && input_section->size != input_section->rawsize 9102 && (strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".init") == 0 9103 || strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0)) 9104 { 9105 /* Branch around the trampolines. */ 9106 unsigned int insn = B + input_section->size - input_section->rawsize; 9107 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + input_section->rawsize); 9108 } 9109 9110 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround 9111 && input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET 9112 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info) 9113 || (input_section->output_section->alignment_power 9114 >= htab->params->pagesize_p2))) 9115 { 9116 bfd_vma start_addr, end_addr, addr; 9117 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2; 9118 9119 if (relax_info->workaround_size != 0) 9120 { 9121 bfd_byte *p; 9122 unsigned int n; 9123 bfd_byte fill[4]; 9124 9125 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, BA, fill); 9126 p = contents + input_section->size - relax_info->workaround_size; 9127 n = relax_info->workaround_size >> 2; 9128 while (n--) 9129 { 9130 memcpy (p, fill, 4); 9131 p += 4; 9132 } 9133 } 9134 9135 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a 9136 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a 9137 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by 9138 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not 9139 wanting to touch data-in-text. */ 9140 9141 start_addr = (input_section->output_section->vma 9142 + input_section->output_offset); 9143 end_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size 9144 - relax_info->workaround_size); 9145 for (addr = ((start_addr & -pagesize) + pagesize - 4); 9146 addr < end_addr; 9147 addr += pagesize) 9148 { 9149 bfd_vma offset = addr - start_addr; 9150 Elf_Internal_Rela *lo, *hi; 9151 bfd_boolean is_data; 9152 bfd_vma patch_off, patch_addr; 9153 unsigned int insn; 9154 9155 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave 9156 the word alone. */ 9157 is_data = FALSE; 9158 lo = relocs; 9159 hi = relend; 9160 rel = NULL; 9161 while (lo < hi) 9162 { 9163 rel = lo + (hi - lo) / 2; 9164 if (rel->r_offset < offset) 9165 lo = rel + 1; 9166 else if (rel->r_offset > offset + 3) 9167 hi = rel; 9168 else 9169 { 9170 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) 9171 { 9172 case R_PPC_ADDR32: 9173 case R_PPC_UADDR32: 9174 case R_PPC_REL32: 9175 case R_PPC_ADDR30: 9176 is_data = TRUE; 9177 break; 9178 default: 9179 break; 9180 } 9181 break; 9182 } 9183 } 9184 if (is_data) 9185 continue; 9186 9187 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional 9188 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl), 9189 avoid the icache failure. 9190 9191 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary 9192 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next 9193 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad 9194 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The 9195 unconditional branches: 9196 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla, 9197 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla, 9198 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl, 9199 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional, 9200 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is 9201 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the 9202 instruction is not executed. 9203 9204 A bctr example: 9205 . 9206 . lis 9,new_page@ha 9207 . addi 9,9,new_page@l 9208 . mtctr 9 9209 . bctr 9210 . nop 9211 . nop 9212 . new_page: 9213 . 9214 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being 9215 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the 9216 new page which might have stale instructions. If they 9217 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the 9218 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications 9219 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first 9220 place: 9221 . 9222 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha 9223 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l 9224 . mtctr 9 mtctr 9 9225 . bctr bctr 9226 . nop b somewhere_else 9227 . b somewhere_else nop 9228 . new_page: new_page: 9229 . */ 9230 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + offset); 9231 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */ 9232 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/ 9233 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */ 9234 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (19u << 26) 9235 && (insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */ 9236 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */ 9237 continue; 9238 9239 patch_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size 9240 - relax_info->workaround_size); 9241 patch_addr = (patch_addr + 15) & -16; 9242 patch_off = patch_addr - start_addr; 9243 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B + patch_off - offset, contents + offset); 9244 9245 if (rel != NULL 9246 && rel->r_offset >= offset 9247 && rel->r_offset < offset + 4) 9248 { 9249 asection *sreloc; 9250 9251 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the 9252 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved 9253 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */ 9254 if (rel + 1 != relend) 9255 { 9256 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp = *rel; 9257 9258 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */ 9259 memmove (rel, rel + 1, (relend - (rel + 1)) * sizeof (*rel)); 9260 relend[-1] = tmp; 9261 } 9262 relend[-1].r_offset += patch_off - offset; 9263 9264 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */ 9265 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info)) 9266 { 9267 case R_PPC_REL16: 9268 case R_PPC_REL16_LO: 9269 case R_PPC_REL16_HI: 9270 case R_PPC_REL16_HA: 9271 relend[-1].r_addend += patch_off - offset; 9272 break; 9273 default: 9274 break; 9275 } 9276 9277 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with 9278 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too? 9279 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */ 9280 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc; 9281 if (sreloc != NULL) 9282 { 9283 Elf32_External_Rela *slo, *shi, *srelend; 9284 bfd_vma soffset; 9285 9286 slo = (Elf32_External_Rela *) sreloc->contents; 9287 shi = srelend = slo + sreloc->reloc_count; 9288 soffset = (offset + input_section->output_section->vma 9289 + input_section->output_offset); 9290 while (slo < shi) 9291 { 9292 Elf32_External_Rela *srel = slo + (shi - slo) / 2; 9293 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, (bfd_byte *) srel, 9294 &outrel); 9295 if (outrel.r_offset < soffset) 9296 slo = srel + 1; 9297 else if (outrel.r_offset > soffset + 3) 9298 shi = srel; 9299 else 9300 { 9301 if (srel + 1 != srelend) 9302 { 9303 memmove (srel, srel + 1, 9304 (srelend - (srel + 1)) * sizeof (*srel)); 9305 srel = srelend - 1; 9306 } 9307 outrel.r_offset += patch_off - offset; 9308 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, 9309 (bfd_byte *) srel); 9310 break; 9311 } 9312 } 9313 } 9314 } 9315 else 9316 rel = NULL; 9317 9318 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */ 9319 && (insn & 2) == 0 /* relative */) 9320 { 9321 bfd_vma delta = ((insn & 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000; 9322 9323 delta += offset - patch_off; 9324 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL) 9325 delta = 0; 9326 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL) 9327 { 9328 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 9329 9330 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info); 9331 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN) 9332 insn |= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 9333 else if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN) 9334 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 9335 else 9336 BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_PPC_REL14); 9337 9338 if ((r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN 9339 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN) 9340 && delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000 9341 && (bfd_signed_vma) delta < 0) 9342 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 9343 } 9344 if (delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000) 9345 { 9346 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9347 (insn & ~0xfffc) | (delta & 0xfffc), 9348 contents + patch_off); 9349 patch_off += 4; 9350 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9351 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc), 9352 contents + patch_off); 9353 patch_off += 4; 9354 } 9355 else 9356 { 9357 if (rel != NULL) 9358 { 9359 unsigned int r_sym = ELF32_R_SYM (relend[-1].r_info); 9360 9361 relend[-1].r_offset += 8; 9362 relend[-1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym, R_PPC_REL24); 9363 } 9364 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9365 (insn & ~0xfffc) | 8, 9366 contents + patch_off); 9367 patch_off += 4; 9368 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9369 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc), 9370 contents + patch_off); 9371 patch_off += 4; 9372 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9373 B | ((delta - 8) & 0x3fffffc), 9374 contents + patch_off); 9375 patch_off += 4; 9376 } 9377 } 9378 else 9379 { 9380 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + patch_off); 9381 patch_off += 4; 9382 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9383 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc), 9384 contents + patch_off); 9385 patch_off += 4; 9386 } 9387 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off <= input_section->size); 9388 relax_info->workaround_size = input_section->size - patch_off; 9389 } 9390 } 9391 9392 return ret; 9393} 9394 9395/* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */ 9396 9397static bfd_boolean 9398write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) 9399{ 9400 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf; 9401 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 9402 struct plt_entry *ent; 9403 bfd_boolean doneone; 9404 9405 doneone = FALSE; 9406 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 9407 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 9408 { 9409 if (!doneone) 9410 { 9411 Elf_Internal_Rela rela; 9412 bfd_byte *loc; 9413 bfd_vma reloc_index; 9414 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt; 9415 asection *relplt = htab->elf.srelplt; 9416 9417 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW 9418 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 9419 || h->dynindx == -1) 9420 reloc_index = ent->plt.offset / 4; 9421 else 9422 { 9423 reloc_index = ((ent->plt.offset - htab->plt_initial_entry_size) 9424 / htab->plt_slot_size); 9425 if (reloc_index > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 9426 && htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD) 9427 reloc_index -= (reloc_index - PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES) / 2; 9428 } 9429 9430 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. 9431 Set it up. */ 9432 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS 9433 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 9434 && h->dynindx != -1) 9435 { 9436 bfd_vma got_offset; 9437 const bfd_vma *plt_entry; 9438 9439 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */ 9440 got_offset = (reloc_index + 3) * 4; 9441 9442 /* Use the right PLT. */ 9443 plt_entry = bfd_link_pic (info) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry 9444 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry; 9445 9446 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */ 9447 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 9448 { 9449 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9450 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset), 9451 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0); 9452 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9453 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset), 9454 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4); 9455 } 9456 else 9457 { 9458 bfd_vma got_loc = got_offset + SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); 9459 9460 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9461 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc), 9462 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0); 9463 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9464 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc), 9465 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4); 9466 } 9467 9468 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[2], 9469 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 8); 9470 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[3], 9471 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 12); 9472 9473 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is 9474 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the 9475 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the 9476 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */ 9477 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a 9478 prescaled offset. */ 9479 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9480 plt_entry[4] | reloc_index, 9481 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 16); 9482 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is 9483 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch 9484 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry. 9485 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value 9486 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit 9487 offset. */ 9488 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9489 (plt_entry[5] 9490 | (-(ent->plt.offset + 20) & 0x03fffffc)), 9491 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 20); 9492 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[6], 9493 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 24); 9494 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[7], 9495 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 28); 9496 9497 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with 9498 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction 9499 in this PLT entry. */ 9500 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, (plt->output_section->vma 9501 + plt->output_offset 9502 + ent->plt.offset + 16), 9503 htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + got_offset); 9504 9505 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) 9506 { 9507 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */ 9508 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents 9509 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS + reloc_index 9510 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS) 9511 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 9512 9513 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */ 9514 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma 9515 + plt->output_offset 9516 + ent->plt.offset + 2); 9517 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, 9518 R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); 9519 rela.r_addend = got_offset; 9520 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc); 9521 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 9522 9523 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */ 9524 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma 9525 + plt->output_offset 9526 + ent->plt.offset + 6); 9527 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, 9528 R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); 9529 rela.r_addend = got_offset; 9530 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc); 9531 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 9532 9533 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this 9534 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */ 9535 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma 9536 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset 9537 + got_offset); 9538 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, 9539 R_PPC_ADDR32); 9540 rela.r_addend = ent->plt.offset + 16; 9541 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc); 9542 } 9543 9544 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT. 9545 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the 9546 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified 9547 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of 9548 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */ 9549 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma 9550 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset 9551 + got_offset); 9552 rela.r_addend = 0; 9553 } 9554 else 9555 { 9556 rela.r_addend = 0; 9557 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 9558 || h->dynindx == -1) 9559 { 9560 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 9561 { 9562 plt = htab->elf.iplt; 9563 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt; 9564 } 9565 else 9566 { 9567 plt = htab->pltlocal; 9568 relplt = bfd_link_pic (info) ? htab->relpltlocal : NULL; 9569 } 9570 if (h->def_regular 9571 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 9572 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)) 9573 rela.r_addend = SYM_VAL (h); 9574 } 9575 9576 if (relplt == NULL) 9577 { 9578 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset; 9579 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, rela.r_addend, loc); 9580 } 9581 else 9582 { 9583 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma 9584 + plt->output_offset 9585 + ent->plt.offset); 9586 9587 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD 9588 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 9589 || h->dynindx == -1) 9590 { 9591 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic 9592 linker will fill it in. */ 9593 } 9594 else 9595 { 9596 bfd_vma val = (htab->glink_pltresolve + ent->plt.offset 9597 + htab->glink->output_section->vma 9598 + htab->glink->output_offset); 9599 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val, 9600 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset); 9601 } 9602 } 9603 } 9604 9605 if (relplt != NULL) 9606 { 9607 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */ 9608 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 9609 || h->dynindx == -1) 9610 { 9611 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 9612 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE); 9613 else 9614 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE); 9615 loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++ 9616 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 9617 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 9618 } 9619 else 9620 { 9621 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT); 9622 loc = relplt->contents + (reloc_index 9623 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 9624 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && is_static_defined (h)) 9625 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 9626 } 9627 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc); 9628 } 9629 doneone = TRUE; 9630 } 9631 9632 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW 9633 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 9634 || h->dynindx == -1) 9635 { 9636 unsigned char *p; 9637 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt; 9638 9639 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 9640 || h->dynindx == -1) 9641 { 9642 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 9643 plt = htab->elf.iplt; 9644 else 9645 break; 9646 } 9647 9648 p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset; 9649 write_glink_stub (h, ent, plt, p, info); 9650 9651 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) 9652 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */ 9653 break; 9654 } 9655 else 9656 break; 9657 } 9658 return TRUE; 9659} 9660 9661/* Finish up PLT handling. */ 9662 9663bfd_boolean 9664ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info *info) 9665{ 9666 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 9667 bfd *ibfd; 9668 9669 if (!htab) 9670 return TRUE; 9671 9672 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, write_global_sym_plt, info); 9673 9674 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 9675 { 9676 bfd_vma *local_got, *end_local_got; 9677 struct plt_entry **local_plt, **lplt, **end_local_plt; 9678 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 9679 bfd_size_type locsymcount; 9680 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms = NULL; 9681 struct plt_entry *ent; 9682 9683 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd)) 9684 continue; 9685 9686 local_got = elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd); 9687 if (!local_got) 9688 continue; 9689 9690 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 9691 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; 9692 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount; 9693 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got; 9694 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount; 9695 for (lplt = local_plt; lplt < end_local_plt; ++lplt) 9696 for (ent = *lplt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 9697 { 9698 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 9699 { 9700 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; 9701 asection *sym_sec; 9702 asection *plt, *relplt; 9703 bfd_byte *loc; 9704 bfd_vma val; 9705 Elf_Internal_Rela rela; 9706 unsigned char *p; 9707 9708 if (!get_sym_h (NULL, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms, 9709 lplt - local_plt, ibfd)) 9710 { 9711 if (local_syms != NULL 9712 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) 9713 free (local_syms); 9714 return FALSE; 9715 } 9716 9717 val = sym->st_value; 9718 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL) 9719 val += sym_sec->output_offset + sym_sec->output_section->vma; 9720 9721 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 9722 { 9723 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 9724 plt = htab->elf.iplt; 9725 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt; 9726 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE); 9727 } 9728 else 9729 { 9730 plt = htab->pltlocal; 9731 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 9732 { 9733 relplt = htab->relpltlocal; 9734 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE); 9735 } 9736 else 9737 { 9738 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset; 9739 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val, loc); 9740 continue; 9741 } 9742 } 9743 9744 rela.r_offset = (ent->plt.offset 9745 + plt->output_offset 9746 + plt->output_section->vma); 9747 rela.r_addend = val; 9748 loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++ 9749 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 9750 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc); 9751 9752 p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset; 9753 write_glink_stub (NULL, ent, htab->elf.iplt, p, info); 9754 } 9755 } 9756 9757 if (local_syms != NULL 9758 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) 9759 { 9760 if (!info->keep_memory) 9761 free (local_syms); 9762 else 9763 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms; 9764 } 9765 } 9766 return TRUE; 9767} 9768 9769/* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various 9770 dynamic sections here. */ 9771 9772static bfd_boolean 9773ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, 9774 struct bfd_link_info *info, 9775 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 9776 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) 9777{ 9778 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 9779 struct plt_entry *ent; 9780 9781#ifdef DEBUG 9782 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s", 9783 h->root.root.string); 9784#endif 9785 9786 if (!h->def_regular 9787 || (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && !bfd_link_pic (info))) 9788 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 9789 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 9790 { 9791 if (!h->def_regular) 9792 { 9793 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as 9794 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if 9795 there were any relocations where pointer equality 9796 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to 9797 make function pointer comparisons work between an 9798 application and shared library), otherwise set it 9799 to zero. */ 9800 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; 9801 if (!h->pointer_equality_needed) 9802 sym->st_value = 0; 9803 else if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak) 9804 { 9805 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but 9806 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL 9807 function pointer. */ 9808 sym->st_value = 0; 9809 } 9810 } 9811 else 9812 { 9813 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie 9814 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid 9815 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in 9816 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic 9817 function symbols with plt entries, because we need 9818 to keep the original value around for the ifunc 9819 relocation. */ 9820 sym->st_shndx 9821 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section 9822 (info->output_bfd, htab->glink->output_section)); 9823 sym->st_value = (ent->glink_offset 9824 + htab->glink->output_offset 9825 + htab->glink->output_section->vma); 9826 } 9827 break; 9828 } 9829 9830 if (h->needs_copy) 9831 { 9832 asection *s; 9833 Elf_Internal_Rela rela; 9834 bfd_byte *loc; 9835 9836 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */ 9837 9838#ifdef DEBUG 9839 fprintf (stderr, ", copy"); 9840#endif 9841 9842 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); 9843 9844 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs) 9845 s = htab->relsbss; 9846 else if (h->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro) 9847 s = htab->elf.sreldynrelro; 9848 else 9849 s = htab->elf.srelbss; 9850 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 9851 9852 rela.r_offset = SYM_VAL (h); 9853 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_COPY); 9854 rela.r_addend = 0; 9855 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 9856 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc); 9857 } 9858 9859#ifdef DEBUG 9860 fprintf (stderr, "\n"); 9861#endif 9862 9863 return TRUE; 9864} 9865 9866static enum elf_reloc_type_class 9867ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info, 9868 const asection *rel_sec, 9869 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela) 9870{ 9871 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 9872 9873 if (rel_sec == htab->elf.irelplt) 9874 return reloc_class_ifunc; 9875 9876 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info)) 9877 { 9878 case R_PPC_RELATIVE: 9879 return reloc_class_relative; 9880 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT: 9881 return reloc_class_plt; 9882 case R_PPC_COPY: 9883 return reloc_class_copy; 9884 default: 9885 return reloc_class_normal; 9886 } 9887} 9888 9889/* Finish up the dynamic sections. */ 9890 9891static bfd_boolean 9892ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, 9893 struct bfd_link_info *info) 9894{ 9895 asection *sdyn; 9896 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 9897 bfd_vma got; 9898 bfd *dynobj; 9899 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE; 9900 9901#ifdef DEBUG 9902 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n"); 9903#endif 9904 9905 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 9906 dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj; 9907 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic"); 9908 9909 got = 0; 9910 if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL) 9911 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); 9912 9913 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 9914 { 9915 Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend; 9916 9917 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL); 9918 9919 dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents; 9920 dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size); 9921 for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++) 9922 { 9923 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; 9924 asection *s; 9925 9926 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn); 9927 9928 switch (dyn.d_tag) 9929 { 9930 case DT_PLTGOT: 9931 if (htab->is_vxworks) 9932 s = htab->elf.sgotplt; 9933 else 9934 s = htab->elf.splt; 9935 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; 9936 break; 9937 9938 case DT_PLTRELSZ: 9939 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->elf.srelplt->size; 9940 break; 9941 9942 case DT_JMPREL: 9943 s = htab->elf.srelplt; 9944 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; 9945 break; 9946 9947 case DT_PPC_GOT: 9948 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = got; 9949 break; 9950 9951 case DT_TEXTREL: 9952 if (htab->local_ifunc_resolver) 9953 info->callbacks->einfo 9954 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect " 9955 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n")); 9956 else if (htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver) 9957 info->callbacks->einfo 9958 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect " 9959 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n")); 9960 continue; 9961 9962 default: 9963 if (htab->is_vxworks 9964 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn)) 9965 break; 9966 continue; 9967 } 9968 9969 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon); 9970 } 9971 } 9972 9973 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL 9974 && htab->elf.sgot->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr) 9975 { 9976 if (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgot 9977 || htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgotplt) 9978 { 9979 unsigned char *p = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->contents; 9980 9981 p += htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value; 9982 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD) 9983 { 9984 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4 9985 so that a function can easily find the address of 9986 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */ 9987 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value - 4 9988 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size); 9989 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0x4e800021, p - 4); 9990 } 9991 9992 if (sdyn != NULL) 9993 { 9994 bfd_vma val = sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset; 9995 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value 9996 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size); 9997 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val, p); 9998 } 9999 } 10000 else 10001 { 10002 /* xgettext:c-format */ 10003 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"), 10004 htab->elf.hgot->root.root.string, 10005 (htab->elf.sgotplt != NULL 10006 ? htab->elf.sgotplt : htab->elf.sgot)); 10007 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 10008 ret = FALSE; 10009 } 10010 10011 elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4; 10012 } 10013 10014 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */ 10015 if (htab->is_vxworks 10016 && htab->elf.splt != NULL 10017 && htab->elf.splt->size != 0 10018 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr) 10019 { 10020 asection *splt = htab->elf.splt; 10021 /* Use the right PLT. */ 10022 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = (bfd_link_pic (info) 10023 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry 10024 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry); 10025 10026 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) 10027 { 10028 bfd_vma got_value = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); 10029 10030 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_value), 10031 splt->contents + 0); 10032 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_value), 10033 splt->contents + 4); 10034 } 10035 else 10036 { 10037 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], splt->contents + 0); 10038 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1], splt->contents + 4); 10039 } 10040 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], splt->contents + 8); 10041 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], splt->contents + 12); 10042 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], splt->contents + 16); 10043 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], splt->contents + 20); 10044 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], splt->contents + 24); 10045 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], splt->contents + 28); 10046 10047 if (! bfd_link_pic (info)) 10048 { 10049 Elf_Internal_Rela rela; 10050 bfd_byte *loc; 10051 10052 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents; 10053 10054 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */ 10055 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma 10056 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset 10057 + 2); 10058 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); 10059 rela.r_addend = 0; 10060 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc); 10061 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 10062 10063 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */ 10064 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma 10065 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset 10066 + 6); 10067 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); 10068 rela.r_addend = 0; 10069 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc); 10070 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 10071 10072 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong 10073 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order 10074 in which symbols were output. */ 10075 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size) 10076 { 10077 Elf_Internal_Rela rel; 10078 10079 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); 10080 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); 10081 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); 10082 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 10083 10084 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); 10085 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); 10086 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); 10087 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 10088 10089 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); 10090 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_PPC_ADDR32); 10091 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); 10092 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 10093 } 10094 } 10095 } 10096 10097 if (htab->glink != NULL 10098 && htab->glink->contents != NULL 10099 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 10100 { 10101 unsigned char *p; 10102 unsigned char *endp; 10103 bfd_vma res0; 10104 10105 /* 10106 * PIC glink code is the following: 10107 * 10108 * # ith PLT code stub. 10109 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha 10110 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11) 10111 * mtctr 11 10112 * bctr 10113 * 10114 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry. 10115 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these 10116 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4. 10117 * res_0: b PLTresolve 10118 * res_1: b PLTresolve 10119 * . 10120 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops 10121 * res_n_m3: nop 10122 * res_n_m2: nop 10123 * res_n_m1: 10124 * 10125 * PLTresolve: 10126 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha 10127 * mflr 0 10128 * bcl 20,31,1f 10129 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l 10130 * mflr 12 10131 * mtlr 0 10132 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4 10133 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha 10134 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve 10135 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address 10136 * mtctr 0 10137 * add 0,11,11 10138 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset. 10139 * bctr 10140 * 10141 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler. 10142 * 10143 * # ith PLT code stub. 10144 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha 10145 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11) 10146 * mtctr 11 10147 * bctr 10148 * 10149 * The branch table is the same, then comes 10150 * 10151 * PLTresolve: 10152 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha 10153 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha 10154 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve 10155 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4 10156 * mtctr 0 10157 * add 0,11,11 10158 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address 10159 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset. 10160 * bctr 10161 */ 10162 10163 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one), 10164 and perhaps some padding. */ 10165 p = htab->glink->contents; 10166 p += htab->glink_pltresolve; 10167 endp = htab->glink->contents; 10168 endp += htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE; 10169 while (p < endp - (htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 0 : 8 * 4)) 10170 { 10171 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B + endp - p, p); 10172 p += 4; 10173 } 10174 while (p < endp) 10175 { 10176 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p); 10177 p += 4; 10178 } 10179 10180 res0 = (htab->glink_pltresolve 10181 + htab->glink->output_section->vma 10182 + htab->glink->output_offset); 10183 10184 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround) 10185 { 10186 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't 10187 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the 10188 glink branch table. */ 10189 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2; 10190 bfd_vma page_addr; 10191 bfd_vma glink_start = (htab->glink->output_section->vma 10192 + htab->glink->output_offset); 10193 10194 for (page_addr = res0 & -pagesize; 10195 page_addr > glink_start; 10196 page_addr -= pagesize) 10197 { 10198 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */ 10199 bfd_byte *loc; 10200 unsigned int insn; 10201 10202 loc = htab->glink->contents + page_addr - 4 - glink_start; 10203 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc); 10204 if (insn == BCTR) 10205 { 10206 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least 10207 one other call stub before this one. */ 10208 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc - 16); 10209 if (insn == BCTR) 10210 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc); 10211 else 10212 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc); 10213 } 10214 } 10215 } 10216 10217 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */ 10218 endp = p + GLINK_PLTRESOLVE; 10219 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 10220 { 10221 bfd_vma bcl; 10222 10223 bcl = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 3*4 10224 + htab->glink->output_section->vma 10225 + htab->glink->output_offset); 10226 10227 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (bcl - res0), p); 10228 p += 4; 10229 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_0, p); 10230 p += 4; 10231 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCL_20_31, p); 10232 p += 4; 10233 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (bcl - res0), p); 10234 p += 4; 10235 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_12, p); 10236 p += 4; 10237 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTLR_0, p); 10238 p += 4; 10239 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, SUB_11_11_12, p); 10240 p += 4; 10241 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_12_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl), p); 10242 p += 4; 10243 if (PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl) == PPC_HA (got + 8 - bcl)) 10244 { 10245 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p); 10246 p += 4; 10247 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8 - bcl), p); 10248 p += 4; 10249 } 10250 else 10251 { 10252 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p); 10253 p += 4; 10254 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p); 10255 p += 4; 10256 } 10257 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p); 10258 p += 4; 10259 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p); 10260 } 10261 else 10262 { 10263 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4), p); 10264 p += 4; 10265 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (-res0), p); 10266 p += 4; 10267 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8)) 10268 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p); 10269 else 10270 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p); 10271 p += 4; 10272 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (-res0), p); 10273 p += 4; 10274 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p); 10275 p += 4; 10276 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p); 10277 p += 4; 10278 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8)) 10279 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8), p); 10280 else 10281 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p); 10282 } 10283 p += 4; 10284 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_11_0_11, p); 10285 p += 4; 10286 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p); 10287 p += 4; 10288 while (p < endp) 10289 { 10290 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 10291 htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p); 10292 p += 4; 10293 } 10294 BFD_ASSERT (p == endp); 10295 } 10296 10297 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL 10298 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL) 10299 { 10300 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents; 10301 bfd_vma val; 10302 10303 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie); 10304 /* FDE length. */ 10305 p += 4; 10306 /* CIE pointer. */ 10307 p += 4; 10308 /* Offset to .glink. */ 10309 val = (htab->glink->output_section->vma 10310 + htab->glink->output_offset); 10311 val -= (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section->vma 10312 + htab->glink_eh_frame->output_offset); 10313 val -= p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents; 10314 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p); 10315 10316 if (htab->glink_eh_frame->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME 10317 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info, 10318 htab->glink_eh_frame, 10319 htab->glink_eh_frame->contents)) 10320 return FALSE; 10321 } 10322 10323 return ret; 10324} 10325 10326#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec 10327#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle" 10328#define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec 10329#define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc" 10330#define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc 10331#define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA 10332#define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC 10333#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000 10334#define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000 10335#define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 10336#define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto 10337 10338#ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC 10339#define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC 10340#endif 10341 10342#ifdef EM_PPC_OLD 10343#define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD 10344#endif 10345 10346#define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1 10347#define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1 10348#define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1 10349#define elf_backend_can_refcount 1 10350#define elf_backend_rela_normal 1 10351#define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1 10352 10353#define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject 10354#define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data 10355#define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section 10356#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup 10357#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup 10358#define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags 10359#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create 10360#define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab 10361 10362#define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p 10363#define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook 10364#define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr 10365#define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section 10366#define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections 10367#define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs 10368#define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible 10369#define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol 10370#define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol 10371#define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook 10372#define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections 10373#define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol 10374#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol 10375#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections 10376#define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections 10377#define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers 10378#define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map 10379#define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus 10380#define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo 10381#define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note 10382#define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class 10383#define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing 10384#define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing 10385#define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section 10386#define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr 10387#define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val 10388#define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded 10389#define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section 10390#define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags 10391 10392#include "elf32-target.h" 10393 10394/* FreeBSD Target */ 10395 10396#undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM 10397#undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME 10398 10399#undef TARGET_BIG_SYM 10400#define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec 10401#undef TARGET_BIG_NAME 10402#define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd" 10403 10404#undef ELF_OSABI 10405#define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD 10406 10407#undef elf32_bed 10408#define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed 10409 10410#include "elf32-target.h" 10411 10412/* VxWorks Target */ 10413 10414#undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM 10415#undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME 10416 10417#undef TARGET_BIG_SYM 10418#define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec 10419#undef TARGET_BIG_NAME 10420#define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks" 10421 10422#undef ELF_OSABI 10423 10424/* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */ 10425static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * 10426ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) 10427{ 10428 if (sec->name == NULL) 10429 return NULL; 10430 10431 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".plt") == 0) 10432 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec); 10433 10434 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec); 10435} 10436 10437/* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides 10438 appropriately for VxWorks. */ 10439static struct bfd_link_hash_table * 10440ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) 10441{ 10442 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret; 10443 10444 ret = ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd); 10445 if (ret) 10446 { 10447 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab 10448 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *)ret; 10449 htab->is_vxworks = 1; 10450 htab->plt_type = PLT_VXWORKS; 10451 htab->plt_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE; 10452 htab->plt_slot_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE; 10453 htab->plt_initial_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE; 10454 } 10455 return ret; 10456} 10457 10458/* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */ 10459static bfd_boolean 10460ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, 10461 struct bfd_link_info *info, 10462 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, 10463 const char **namep, 10464 flagword *flagsp, 10465 asection **secp, 10466 bfd_vma *valp) 10467{ 10468 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, 10469 valp)) 10470 return FALSE; 10471 10472 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, valp); 10473} 10474 10475static bfd_boolean 10476ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd) 10477{ 10478 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd); 10479 return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd); 10480} 10481 10482/* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so 10483 define it. */ 10484#undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym 10485#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1 10486#undef elf_backend_want_got_plt 10487#define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1 10488#undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 10489#define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0 10490#undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 10491#define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0 10492#undef elf_backend_plt_readonly 10493#define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1 10494#undef elf_backend_got_header_size 10495#define elf_backend_got_header_size 12 10496#undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 10497#define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1 10498 10499#undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab 10500 10501#undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create 10502#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \ 10503 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create 10504#undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook 10505#define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \ 10506 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook 10507#undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook 10508#define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \ 10509 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook 10510#undef elf_backend_final_write_processing 10511#define elf_backend_final_write_processing \ 10512 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing 10513#undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr 10514#define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \ 10515 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr 10516#undef elf_backend_emit_relocs 10517#define elf_backend_emit_relocs \ 10518 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs 10519 10520#undef elf32_bed 10521#define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed 10522 10523#include "elf32-target.h" 10524